Initial commit: Complete WooCommerce Smart Google Pricing plugin with vendor dependencies

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/AddTenantProjectRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class AddTenantProjectRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $projectConfigType = TenantProjectConfig::class;
+  protected $projectConfigDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * Required. Tag of the added project. Must be less than 128 characters.
+   * Required.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $tag;
+
+  /**
+   * Configuration of the new tenant project to be added to tenancy unit
+   * resources.
+   *
+   * @param TenantProjectConfig $projectConfig
+   */
+  public function setProjectConfig(TenantProjectConfig $projectConfig)
+  {
+    $this->projectConfig = $projectConfig;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TenantProjectConfig
+   */
+  public function getProjectConfig()
+  {
+    return $this->projectConfig;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Required. Tag of the added project. Must be less than 128 characters.
+   * Required.
+   *
+   * @param string $tag
+   */
+  public function setTag($tag)
+  {
+    $this->tag = $tag;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getTag()
+  {
+    return $this->tag;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(AddTenantProjectRequest::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_AddTenantProjectRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/Api.php

@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class Api extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  /**
+   * Syntax `proto2`.
+   */
+  public const SYNTAX_SYNTAX_PROTO2 = 'SYNTAX_PROTO2';
+  /**
+   * Syntax `proto3`.
+   */
+  public const SYNTAX_SYNTAX_PROTO3 = 'SYNTAX_PROTO3';
+  /**
+   * Syntax `editions`.
+   */
+  public const SYNTAX_SYNTAX_EDITIONS = 'SYNTAX_EDITIONS';
+  protected $collection_key = 'options';
+  /**
+   * The source edition string, only valid when syntax is SYNTAX_EDITIONS.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $edition;
+  protected $methodsType = Method::class;
+  protected $methodsDataType = 'array';
+  protected $mixinsType = Mixin::class;
+  protected $mixinsDataType = 'array';
+  /**
+   * The fully qualified name of this interface, including package name followed
+   * by the interface's simple name.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $name;
+  protected $optionsType = Option::class;
+  protected $optionsDataType = 'array';
+  protected $sourceContextType = SourceContext::class;
+  protected $sourceContextDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The source syntax of the service.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $syntax;
+  /**
+   * A version string for this interface. If specified, must have the form
+   * `major-version.minor-version`, as in `1.10`. If the minor version is
+   * omitted, it defaults to zero. If the entire version field is empty, the
+   * major version is derived from the package name, as outlined below. If the
+   * field is not empty, the version in the package name will be verified to be
+   * consistent with what is provided here. The versioning schema uses [semantic
+   * versioning](http://semver.org) where the major version number indicates a
+   * breaking change and the minor version an additive, non-breaking change.
+   * Both version numbers are signals to users what to expect from different
+   * versions, and should be carefully chosen based on the product plan. The
+   * major version is also reflected in the package name of the interface, which
+   * must end in `v`, as in `google.feature.v1`. For major versions 0 and 1, the
+   * suffix can be omitted. Zero major versions must only be used for
+   * experimental, non-GA interfaces.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $version;
+
+  /**
+   * The source edition string, only valid when syntax is SYNTAX_EDITIONS.
+   *
+   * @param string $edition
+   */
+  public function setEdition($edition)
+  {
+    $this->edition = $edition;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getEdition()
+  {
+    return $this->edition;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The methods of this interface, in unspecified order.
+   *
+   * @param Method[] $methods
+   */
+  public function setMethods($methods)
+  {
+    $this->methods = $methods;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Method[]
+   */
+  public function getMethods()
+  {
+    return $this->methods;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Included interfaces. See Mixin.
+   *
+   * @param Mixin[] $mixins
+   */
+  public function setMixins($mixins)
+  {
+    $this->mixins = $mixins;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Mixin[]
+   */
+  public function getMixins()
+  {
+    return $this->mixins;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The fully qualified name of this interface, including package name followed
+   * by the interface's simple name.
+   *
+   * @param string $name
+   */
+  public function setName($name)
+  {
+    $this->name = $name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getName()
+  {
+    return $this->name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Any metadata attached to the interface.
+   *
+   * @param Option[] $options
+   */
+  public function setOptions($options)
+  {
+    $this->options = $options;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Option[]
+   */
+  public function getOptions()
+  {
+    return $this->options;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Source context for the protocol buffer service represented by this message.
+   *
+   * @param SourceContext $sourceContext
+   */
+  public function setSourceContext(SourceContext $sourceContext)
+  {
+    $this->sourceContext = $sourceContext;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return SourceContext
+   */
+  public function getSourceContext()
+  {
+    return $this->sourceContext;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The source syntax of the service.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: SYNTAX_PROTO2, SYNTAX_PROTO3, SYNTAX_EDITIONS
+   *
+   * @param self::SYNTAX_* $syntax
+   */
+  public function setSyntax($syntax)
+  {
+    $this->syntax = $syntax;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::SYNTAX_*
+   */
+  public function getSyntax()
+  {
+    return $this->syntax;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A version string for this interface. If specified, must have the form
+   * `major-version.minor-version`, as in `1.10`. If the minor version is
+   * omitted, it defaults to zero. If the entire version field is empty, the
+   * major version is derived from the package name, as outlined below. If the
+   * field is not empty, the version in the package name will be verified to be
+   * consistent with what is provided here. The versioning schema uses [semantic
+   * versioning](http://semver.org) where the major version number indicates a
+   * breaking change and the minor version an additive, non-breaking change.
+   * Both version numbers are signals to users what to expect from different
+   * versions, and should be carefully chosen based on the product plan. The
+   * major version is also reflected in the package name of the interface, which
+   * must end in `v`, as in `google.feature.v1`. For major versions 0 and 1, the
+   * suffix can be omitted. Zero major versions must only be used for
+   * experimental, non-GA interfaces.
+   *
+   * @param string $version
+   */
+  public function setVersion($version)
+  {
+    $this->version = $version;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getVersion()
+  {
+    return $this->version;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Api::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_Api');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/ApplyTenantProjectConfigRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class ApplyTenantProjectConfigRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $projectConfigType = TenantProjectConfig::class;
+  protected $projectConfigDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * Required. Tag of the project. Must be less than 128 characters. Required.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $tag;
+
+  /**
+   * Configuration that should be applied to the existing tenant project.
+   *
+   * @param TenantProjectConfig $projectConfig
+   */
+  public function setProjectConfig(TenantProjectConfig $projectConfig)
+  {
+    $this->projectConfig = $projectConfig;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TenantProjectConfig
+   */
+  public function getProjectConfig()
+  {
+    return $this->projectConfig;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Required. Tag of the project. Must be less than 128 characters. Required.
+   *
+   * @param string $tag
+   */
+  public function setTag($tag)
+  {
+    $this->tag = $tag;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getTag()
+  {
+    return $this->tag;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(ApplyTenantProjectConfigRequest::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_ApplyTenantProjectConfigRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/Aspect.php

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class Aspect extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The type of this aspect configuration.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $kind;
+  /**
+   * Content of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by
+   * Aspect owners as protobuf message under `google/api/configaspects/proto`.
+   *
+   * @var array[]
+   */
+  public $spec;
+
+  /**
+   * The type of this aspect configuration.
+   *
+   * @param string $kind
+   */
+  public function setKind($kind)
+  {
+    $this->kind = $kind;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getKind()
+  {
+    return $this->kind;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Content of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by
+   * Aspect owners as protobuf message under `google/api/configaspects/proto`.
+   *
+   * @param array[] $spec
+   */
+  public function setSpec($spec)
+  {
+    $this->spec = $spec;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return array[]
+   */
+  public function getSpec()
+  {
+    return $this->spec;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Aspect::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_Aspect');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/AttachTenantProjectRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class AttachTenantProjectRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * When attaching an external project, this is in the format of
+   * `projects/{project_number}`.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $externalResource;
+  /**
+   * When attaching a reserved project already in tenancy units, this is the tag
+   * of a tenant resource under the tenancy unit for the managed service's
+   * service producer project. The reserved tenant resource must be in an active
+   * state.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $reservedResource;
+  /**
+   * Required. Tag of the tenant resource after attachment. Must be less than
+   * 128 characters. Required.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $tag;
+
+  /**
+   * When attaching an external project, this is in the format of
+   * `projects/{project_number}`.
+   *
+   * @param string $externalResource
+   */
+  public function setExternalResource($externalResource)
+  {
+    $this->externalResource = $externalResource;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getExternalResource()
+  {
+    return $this->externalResource;
+  }
+  /**
+   * When attaching a reserved project already in tenancy units, this is the tag
+   * of a tenant resource under the tenancy unit for the managed service's
+   * service producer project. The reserved tenant resource must be in an active
+   * state.
+   *
+   * @param string $reservedResource
+   */
+  public function setReservedResource($reservedResource)
+  {
+    $this->reservedResource = $reservedResource;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getReservedResource()
+  {
+    return $this->reservedResource;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Required. Tag of the tenant resource after attachment. Must be less than
+   * 128 characters. Required.
+   *
+   * @param string $tag
+   */
+  public function setTag($tag)
+  {
+    $this->tag = $tag;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getTag()
+  {
+    return $this->tag;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(AttachTenantProjectRequest::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_AttachTenantProjectRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/AuthProvider.php

@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class AuthProvider extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'jwtLocations';
+  /**
+   * The list of JWT [audiences](https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-
+   * json-web-token-32#section-4.1.3). that are allowed to access. A JWT
+   * containing any of these audiences will be accepted. When this setting is
+   * absent, JWTs with audiences: -
+   * "https://[service.name]/[google.protobuf.Api.name]" -
+   * "https://[service.name]/" will be accepted. For example, if no audiences
+   * are in the setting, LibraryService API will accept JWTs with the following
+   * audiences: - https://library-
+   * example.googleapis.com/google.example.library.v1.LibraryService -
+   * https://library-example.googleapis.com/ Example: audiences:
+   * bookstore_android.apps.googleusercontent.com,
+   * bookstore_web.apps.googleusercontent.com
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $audiences;
+  /**
+   * Redirect URL if JWT token is required but not present or is expired.
+   * Implement authorizationUrl of securityDefinitions in OpenAPI spec.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $authorizationUrl;
+  /**
+   * The unique identifier of the auth provider. It will be referred to by
+   * `AuthRequirement.provider_id`. Example: "bookstore_auth".
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $id;
+  /**
+   * Identifies the principal that issued the JWT. See
+   * https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-json-web-
+   * token-32#section-4.1.1 Usually a URL or an email address. Example:
+   * https://securetoken.google.com Example:
+   * 1234567-compute@developer.gserviceaccount.com
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $issuer;
+  /**
+   * URL of the provider's public key set to validate signature of the JWT. See
+   * [OpenID Discovery](https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-
+   * discovery-1_0.html#ProviderMetadata). Optional if the key set document: -
+   * can be retrieved from [OpenID Discovery](https://openid.net/specs/openid-
+   * connect-discovery-1_0.html) of the issuer. - can be inferred from the email
+   * domain of the issuer (e.g. a Google service account). Example:
+   * https://www.googleapis.com/oauth2/v1/certs
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $jwksUri;
+  protected $jwtLocationsType = JwtLocation::class;
+  protected $jwtLocationsDataType = 'array';
+
+  /**
+   * The list of JWT [audiences](https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-
+   * json-web-token-32#section-4.1.3). that are allowed to access. A JWT
+   * containing any of these audiences will be accepted. When this setting is
+   * absent, JWTs with audiences: -
+   * "https://[service.name]/[google.protobuf.Api.name]" -
+   * "https://[service.name]/" will be accepted. For example, if no audiences
+   * are in the setting, LibraryService API will accept JWTs with the following
+   * audiences: - https://library-
+   * example.googleapis.com/google.example.library.v1.LibraryService -
+   * https://library-example.googleapis.com/ Example: audiences:
+   * bookstore_android.apps.googleusercontent.com,
+   * bookstore_web.apps.googleusercontent.com
+   *
+   * @param string $audiences
+   */
+  public function setAudiences($audiences)
+  {
+    $this->audiences = $audiences;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getAudiences()
+  {
+    return $this->audiences;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Redirect URL if JWT token is required but not present or is expired.
+   * Implement authorizationUrl of securityDefinitions in OpenAPI spec.
+   *
+   * @param string $authorizationUrl
+   */
+  public function setAuthorizationUrl($authorizationUrl)
+  {
+    $this->authorizationUrl = $authorizationUrl;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getAuthorizationUrl()
+  {
+    return $this->authorizationUrl;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The unique identifier of the auth provider. It will be referred to by
+   * `AuthRequirement.provider_id`. Example: "bookstore_auth".
+   *
+   * @param string $id
+   */
+  public function setId($id)
+  {
+    $this->id = $id;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getId()
+  {
+    return $this->id;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Identifies the principal that issued the JWT. See
+   * https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-json-web-
+   * token-32#section-4.1.1 Usually a URL or an email address. Example:
+   * https://securetoken.google.com Example:
+   * 1234567-compute@developer.gserviceaccount.com
+   *
+   * @param string $issuer
+   */
+  public function setIssuer($issuer)
+  {
+    $this->issuer = $issuer;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getIssuer()
+  {
+    return $this->issuer;
+  }
+  /**
+   * URL of the provider's public key set to validate signature of the JWT. See
+   * [OpenID Discovery](https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-
+   * discovery-1_0.html#ProviderMetadata). Optional if the key set document: -
+   * can be retrieved from [OpenID Discovery](https://openid.net/specs/openid-
+   * connect-discovery-1_0.html) of the issuer. - can be inferred from the email
+   * domain of the issuer (e.g. a Google service account). Example:
+   * https://www.googleapis.com/oauth2/v1/certs
+   *
+   * @param string $jwksUri
+   */
+  public function setJwksUri($jwksUri)
+  {
+    $this->jwksUri = $jwksUri;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getJwksUri()
+  {
+    return $this->jwksUri;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Defines the locations to extract the JWT. For now it is only used by the
+   * Cloud Endpoints to store the OpenAPI extension [x-google-jwt-locations]
+   * (https://cloud.google.com/endpoints/docs/openapi/openapi-
+   * extensions#x-google-jwt-locations) JWT locations can be one of HTTP
+   * headers, URL query parameters or cookies. The rule is that the first match
+   * wins. If not specified, default to use following 3 locations: 1)
+   * Authorization: Bearer 2) x-goog-iap-jwt-assertion 3) access_token query
+   * parameter Default locations can be specified as followings: jwt_locations:
+   * - header: Authorization value_prefix: "Bearer " - header: x-goog-iap-jwt-
+   * assertion - query: access_token
+   *
+   * @param JwtLocation[] $jwtLocations
+   */
+  public function setJwtLocations($jwtLocations)
+  {
+    $this->jwtLocations = $jwtLocations;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return JwtLocation[]
+   */
+  public function getJwtLocations()
+  {
+    return $this->jwtLocations;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(AuthProvider::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_AuthProvider');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/AuthRequirement.php

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class AuthRequirement extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * NOTE: This will be deprecated soon, once AuthProvider.audiences is
+   * implemented and accepted in all the runtime components. The list of JWT
+   * [audiences](https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-json-web-
+   * token-32#section-4.1.3). that are allowed to access. A JWT containing any
+   * of these audiences will be accepted. When this setting is absent, only JWTs
+   * with audience "https://Service_name/API_name" will be accepted. For
+   * example, if no audiences are in the setting, LibraryService API will only
+   * accept JWTs with the following audience "https://library-
+   * example.googleapis.com/google.example.library.v1.LibraryService". Example:
+   * audiences: bookstore_android.apps.googleusercontent.com,
+   * bookstore_web.apps.googleusercontent.com
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $audiences;
+  /**
+   * id from authentication provider. Example: provider_id: bookstore_auth
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $providerId;
+
+  /**
+   * NOTE: This will be deprecated soon, once AuthProvider.audiences is
+   * implemented and accepted in all the runtime components. The list of JWT
+   * [audiences](https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-json-web-
+   * token-32#section-4.1.3). that are allowed to access. A JWT containing any
+   * of these audiences will be accepted. When this setting is absent, only JWTs
+   * with audience "https://Service_name/API_name" will be accepted. For
+   * example, if no audiences are in the setting, LibraryService API will only
+   * accept JWTs with the following audience "https://library-
+   * example.googleapis.com/google.example.library.v1.LibraryService". Example:
+   * audiences: bookstore_android.apps.googleusercontent.com,
+   * bookstore_web.apps.googleusercontent.com
+   *
+   * @param string $audiences
+   */
+  public function setAudiences($audiences)
+  {
+    $this->audiences = $audiences;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getAudiences()
+  {
+    return $this->audiences;
+  }
+  /**
+   * id from authentication provider. Example: provider_id: bookstore_auth
+   *
+   * @param string $providerId
+   */
+  public function setProviderId($providerId)
+  {
+    $this->providerId = $providerId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getProviderId()
+  {
+    return $this->providerId;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(AuthRequirement::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_AuthRequirement');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/Authentication.php

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class Authentication extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'rules';
+  protected $providersType = AuthProvider::class;
+  protected $providersDataType = 'array';
+  protected $rulesType = AuthenticationRule::class;
+  protected $rulesDataType = 'array';
+
+  /**
+   * Defines a set of authentication providers that a service supports.
+   *
+   * @param AuthProvider[] $providers
+   */
+  public function setProviders($providers)
+  {
+    $this->providers = $providers;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return AuthProvider[]
+   */
+  public function getProviders()
+  {
+    return $this->providers;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A list of authentication rules that apply to individual API methods.
+   * **NOTE:** All service configuration rules follow "last one wins" order.
+   *
+   * @param AuthenticationRule[] $rules
+   */
+  public function setRules($rules)
+  {
+    $this->rules = $rules;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return AuthenticationRule[]
+   */
+  public function getRules()
+  {
+    return $this->rules;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Authentication::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_Authentication');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/AuthenticationRule.php

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class AuthenticationRule extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'requirements';
+  /**
+   * If true, the service accepts API keys without any other credential. This
+   * flag only applies to HTTP and gRPC requests.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $allowWithoutCredential;
+  protected $oauthType = OAuthRequirements::class;
+  protected $oauthDataType = '';
+  protected $requirementsType = AuthRequirement::class;
+  protected $requirementsDataType = 'array';
+  /**
+   * Selects the methods to which this rule applies. Refer to selector for
+   * syntax details.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $selector;
+
+  /**
+   * If true, the service accepts API keys without any other credential. This
+   * flag only applies to HTTP and gRPC requests.
+   *
+   * @param bool $allowWithoutCredential
+   */
+  public function setAllowWithoutCredential($allowWithoutCredential)
+  {
+    $this->allowWithoutCredential = $allowWithoutCredential;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getAllowWithoutCredential()
+  {
+    return $this->allowWithoutCredential;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The requirements for OAuth credentials.
+   *
+   * @param OAuthRequirements $oauth
+   */
+  public function setOauth(OAuthRequirements $oauth)
+  {
+    $this->oauth = $oauth;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return OAuthRequirements
+   */
+  public function getOauth()
+  {
+    return $this->oauth;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Requirements for additional authentication providers.
+   *
+   * @param AuthRequirement[] $requirements
+   */
+  public function setRequirements($requirements)
+  {
+    $this->requirements = $requirements;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return AuthRequirement[]
+   */
+  public function getRequirements()
+  {
+    return $this->requirements;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Selects the methods to which this rule applies. Refer to selector for
+   * syntax details.
+   *
+   * @param string $selector
+   */
+  public function setSelector($selector)
+  {
+    $this->selector = $selector;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getSelector()
+  {
+    return $this->selector;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(AuthenticationRule::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_AuthenticationRule');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/Backend.php

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class Backend extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'rules';
+  protected $rulesType = BackendRule::class;
+  protected $rulesDataType = 'array';
+
+  /**
+   * A list of API backend rules that apply to individual API methods. **NOTE:**
+   * All service configuration rules follow "last one wins" order.
+   *
+   * @param BackendRule[] $rules
+   */
+  public function setRules($rules)
+  {
+    $this->rules = $rules;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return BackendRule[]
+   */
+  public function getRules()
+  {
+    return $this->rules;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Backend::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_Backend');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/BackendRule.php

@@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class BackendRule extends \Google\Model
+{
+  public const PATH_TRANSLATION_PATH_TRANSLATION_UNSPECIFIED = 'PATH_TRANSLATION_UNSPECIFIED';
+  public const PATH_TRANSLATION_CONSTANT_ADDRESS = 'CONSTANT_ADDRESS';
+  /**
+   * The request path will be appended to the backend address. # Examples Given
+   * the following operation config: Method path: /api/company/{cid}/user/{uid}
+   * Backend address: https://example.appspot.com Requests to the following
+   * request paths will call the backend at the translated path: Request path:
+   * /api/company/widgetworks/user/johndoe Translated:
+   * https://example.appspot.com/api/company/widgetworks/user/johndoe Request
+   * path: /api/company/widgetworks/user/johndoe?timezone=EST Translated: https:
+   * //example.appspot.com/api/company/widgetworks/user/johndoe?timezone=EST
+   */
+  public const PATH_TRANSLATION_APPEND_PATH_TO_ADDRESS = 'APPEND_PATH_TO_ADDRESS';
+  /**
+   * The address of the API backend. The scheme is used to determine the backend
+   * protocol and security. The following schemes are accepted: SCHEME PROTOCOL
+   * SECURITY http:// HTTP None https:// HTTP TLS grpc:// gRPC None grpcs://
+   * gRPC TLS It is recommended to explicitly include a scheme. Leaving out the
+   * scheme may cause constrasting behaviors across platforms. If the port is
+   * unspecified, the default is: - 80 for schemes without TLS - 443 for schemes
+   * with TLS For HTTP backends, use protocol to specify the protocol version.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $address;
+  /**
+   * The number of seconds to wait for a response from a request. The default
+   * varies based on the request protocol and deployment environment.
+   *
+   * @var 
+   */
+  public $deadline;
+  /**
+   * When disable_auth is true, a JWT ID token won't be generated and the
+   * original "Authorization" HTTP header will be preserved. If the header is
+   * used to carry the original token and is expected by the backend, this field
+   * must be set to true to preserve the header.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $disableAuth;
+  /**
+   * The JWT audience is used when generating a JWT ID token for the backend.
+   * This ID token will be added in the HTTP "authorization" header, and sent to
+   * the backend.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $jwtAudience;
+  /**
+   * The load balancing policy used for connection to the application backend.
+   * Defined as an arbitrary string to accomondate custom load balancing
+   * policies supported by the underlying channel, but suggest most users use
+   * one of the standard policies, such as the default, "RoundRobin".
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $loadBalancingPolicy;
+  /**
+   * Deprecated, do not use.
+   *
+   * @deprecated
+   * @var 
+   */
+  public $minDeadline;
+  /**
+   * The number of seconds to wait for the completion of a long running
+   * operation. The default is no deadline.
+   *
+   * @var 
+   */
+  public $operationDeadline;
+  protected $overridesByRequestProtocolType = BackendRule::class;
+  protected $overridesByRequestProtocolDataType = 'map';
+  /**
+   * no-lint
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $pathTranslation;
+  /**
+   * The protocol used for sending a request to the backend. The supported
+   * values are "http/1.1" and "h2". The default value is inferred from the
+   * scheme in the address field: SCHEME PROTOCOL http:// http/1.1 https://
+   * http/1.1 grpc:// h2 grpcs:// h2 For secure HTTP backends (https://) that
+   * support HTTP/2, set this field to "h2" for improved performance.
+   * Configuring this field to non-default values is only supported for secure
+   * HTTP backends. This field will be ignored for all other backends. See
+   * https://www.iana.org/assignments/tls-extensiontype-values/tls-
+   * extensiontype-values.xhtml#alpn-protocol-ids for more details on the
+   * supported values.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $protocol;
+  /**
+   * Selects the methods to which this rule applies. Refer to selector for
+   * syntax details.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $selector;
+
+  /**
+   * The address of the API backend. The scheme is used to determine the backend
+   * protocol and security. The following schemes are accepted: SCHEME PROTOCOL
+   * SECURITY http:// HTTP None https:// HTTP TLS grpc:// gRPC None grpcs://
+   * gRPC TLS It is recommended to explicitly include a scheme. Leaving out the
+   * scheme may cause constrasting behaviors across platforms. If the port is
+   * unspecified, the default is: - 80 for schemes without TLS - 443 for schemes
+   * with TLS For HTTP backends, use protocol to specify the protocol version.
+   *
+   * @param string $address
+   */
+  public function setAddress($address)
+  {
+    $this->address = $address;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getAddress()
+  {
+    return $this->address;
+  }
+  public function setDeadline($deadline)
+  {
+    $this->deadline = $deadline;
+  }
+  public function getDeadline()
+  {
+    return $this->deadline;
+  }
+  /**
+   * When disable_auth is true, a JWT ID token won't be generated and the
+   * original "Authorization" HTTP header will be preserved. If the header is
+   * used to carry the original token and is expected by the backend, this field
+   * must be set to true to preserve the header.
+   *
+   * @param bool $disableAuth
+   */
+  public function setDisableAuth($disableAuth)
+  {
+    $this->disableAuth = $disableAuth;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getDisableAuth()
+  {
+    return $this->disableAuth;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The JWT audience is used when generating a JWT ID token for the backend.
+   * This ID token will be added in the HTTP "authorization" header, and sent to
+   * the backend.
+   *
+   * @param string $jwtAudience
+   */
+  public function setJwtAudience($jwtAudience)
+  {
+    $this->jwtAudience = $jwtAudience;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getJwtAudience()
+  {
+    return $this->jwtAudience;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The load balancing policy used for connection to the application backend.
+   * Defined as an arbitrary string to accomondate custom load balancing
+   * policies supported by the underlying channel, but suggest most users use
+   * one of the standard policies, such as the default, "RoundRobin".
+   *
+   * @param string $loadBalancingPolicy
+   */
+  public function setLoadBalancingPolicy($loadBalancingPolicy)
+  {
+    $this->loadBalancingPolicy = $loadBalancingPolicy;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getLoadBalancingPolicy()
+  {
+    return $this->loadBalancingPolicy;
+  }
+  public function setMinDeadline($minDeadline)
+  {
+    $this->minDeadline = $minDeadline;
+  }
+  public function getMinDeadline()
+  {
+    return $this->minDeadline;
+  }
+  public function setOperationDeadline($operationDeadline)
+  {
+    $this->operationDeadline = $operationDeadline;
+  }
+  public function getOperationDeadline()
+  {
+    return $this->operationDeadline;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The map between request protocol and the backend address.
+   *
+   * @param BackendRule[] $overridesByRequestProtocol
+   */
+  public function setOverridesByRequestProtocol($overridesByRequestProtocol)
+  {
+    $this->overridesByRequestProtocol = $overridesByRequestProtocol;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return BackendRule[]
+   */
+  public function getOverridesByRequestProtocol()
+  {
+    return $this->overridesByRequestProtocol;
+  }
+  /**
+   * no-lint
+   *
+   * Accepted values: PATH_TRANSLATION_UNSPECIFIED, CONSTANT_ADDRESS,
+   * APPEND_PATH_TO_ADDRESS
+   *
+   * @param self::PATH_TRANSLATION_* $pathTranslation
+   */
+  public function setPathTranslation($pathTranslation)
+  {
+    $this->pathTranslation = $pathTranslation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::PATH_TRANSLATION_*
+   */
+  public function getPathTranslation()
+  {
+    return $this->pathTranslation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The protocol used for sending a request to the backend. The supported
+   * values are "http/1.1" and "h2". The default value is inferred from the
+   * scheme in the address field: SCHEME PROTOCOL http:// http/1.1 https://
+   * http/1.1 grpc:// h2 grpcs:// h2 For secure HTTP backends (https://) that
+   * support HTTP/2, set this field to "h2" for improved performance.
+   * Configuring this field to non-default values is only supported for secure
+   * HTTP backends. This field will be ignored for all other backends. See
+   * https://www.iana.org/assignments/tls-extensiontype-values/tls-
+   * extensiontype-values.xhtml#alpn-protocol-ids for more details on the
+   * supported values.
+   *
+   * @param string $protocol
+   */
+  public function setProtocol($protocol)
+  {
+    $this->protocol = $protocol;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getProtocol()
+  {
+    return $this->protocol;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Selects the methods to which this rule applies. Refer to selector for
+   * syntax details.
+   *
+   * @param string $selector
+   */
+  public function setSelector($selector)
+  {
+    $this->selector = $selector;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getSelector()
+  {
+    return $this->selector;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(BackendRule::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_BackendRule');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/BatchingConfigProto.php

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class BatchingConfigProto extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $batchDescriptorType = BatchingDescriptorProto::class;
+  protected $batchDescriptorDataType = '';
+  protected $thresholdsType = BatchingSettingsProto::class;
+  protected $thresholdsDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * The request and response fields used in batching.
+   *
+   * @param BatchingDescriptorProto $batchDescriptor
+   */
+  public function setBatchDescriptor(BatchingDescriptorProto $batchDescriptor)
+  {
+    $this->batchDescriptor = $batchDescriptor;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return BatchingDescriptorProto
+   */
+  public function getBatchDescriptor()
+  {
+    return $this->batchDescriptor;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The thresholds which trigger a batched request to be sent.
+   *
+   * @param BatchingSettingsProto $thresholds
+   */
+  public function setThresholds(BatchingSettingsProto $thresholds)
+  {
+    $this->thresholds = $thresholds;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return BatchingSettingsProto
+   */
+  public function getThresholds()
+  {
+    return $this->thresholds;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(BatchingConfigProto::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_BatchingConfigProto');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/BatchingDescriptorProto.php

@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class BatchingDescriptorProto extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'discriminatorFields';
+  /**
+   * The repeated field in the request message to be aggregated by batching.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $batchedField;
+  /**
+   * A list of the fields in the request message. Two requests will be batched
+   * together only if the values of every field specified in
+   * `request_discriminator_fields` is equal between the two requests.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $discriminatorFields;
+  /**
+   * Optional. When present, indicates the field in the response message to be
+   * used to demultiplex the response into multiple response messages, in
+   * correspondence with the multiple request messages originally batched
+   * together.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $subresponseField;
+
+  /**
+   * The repeated field in the request message to be aggregated by batching.
+   *
+   * @param string $batchedField
+   */
+  public function setBatchedField($batchedField)
+  {
+    $this->batchedField = $batchedField;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getBatchedField()
+  {
+    return $this->batchedField;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A list of the fields in the request message. Two requests will be batched
+   * together only if the values of every field specified in
+   * `request_discriminator_fields` is equal between the two requests.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $discriminatorFields
+   */
+  public function setDiscriminatorFields($discriminatorFields)
+  {
+    $this->discriminatorFields = $discriminatorFields;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getDiscriminatorFields()
+  {
+    return $this->discriminatorFields;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Optional. When present, indicates the field in the response message to be
+   * used to demultiplex the response into multiple response messages, in
+   * correspondence with the multiple request messages originally batched
+   * together.
+   *
+   * @param string $subresponseField
+   */
+  public function setSubresponseField($subresponseField)
+  {
+    $this->subresponseField = $subresponseField;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getSubresponseField()
+  {
+    return $this->subresponseField;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(BatchingDescriptorProto::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_BatchingDescriptorProto');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/BatchingSettingsProto.php

@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class BatchingSettingsProto extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Default behavior, system-defined.
+   */
+  public const FLOW_CONTROL_LIMIT_EXCEEDED_BEHAVIOR_UNSET_BEHAVIOR = 'UNSET_BEHAVIOR';
+  /**
+   * Stop operation, raise error.
+   */
+  public const FLOW_CONTROL_LIMIT_EXCEEDED_BEHAVIOR_THROW_EXCEPTION = 'THROW_EXCEPTION';
+  /**
+   * Pause operation until limit clears.
+   */
+  public const FLOW_CONTROL_LIMIT_EXCEEDED_BEHAVIOR_BLOCK = 'BLOCK';
+  /**
+   * Continue operation, disregard limit.
+   */
+  public const FLOW_CONTROL_LIMIT_EXCEEDED_BEHAVIOR_IGNORE = 'IGNORE';
+  /**
+   * The duration after which a batch should be sent, starting from the addition
+   * of the first message to that batch.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $delayThreshold;
+  /**
+   * The maximum number of elements collected in a batch that could be accepted
+   * by server.
+   *
+   * @var int
+   */
+  public $elementCountLimit;
+  /**
+   * The number of elements of a field collected into a batch which, if
+   * exceeded, causes the batch to be sent.
+   *
+   * @var int
+   */
+  public $elementCountThreshold;
+  /**
+   * The maximum size of data allowed by flow control.
+   *
+   * @var int
+   */
+  public $flowControlByteLimit;
+  /**
+   * The maximum number of elements allowed by flow control.
+   *
+   * @var int
+   */
+  public $flowControlElementLimit;
+  /**
+   * The behavior to take when the flow control limit is exceeded.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $flowControlLimitExceededBehavior;
+  /**
+   * The maximum size of the request that could be accepted by server.
+   *
+   * @var int
+   */
+  public $requestByteLimit;
+  /**
+   * The aggregated size of the batched field which, if exceeded, causes the
+   * batch to be sent. This size is computed by aggregating the sizes of the
+   * request field to be batched, not of the entire request message.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $requestByteThreshold;
+
+  /**
+   * The duration after which a batch should be sent, starting from the addition
+   * of the first message to that batch.
+   *
+   * @param string $delayThreshold
+   */
+  public function setDelayThreshold($delayThreshold)
+  {
+    $this->delayThreshold = $delayThreshold;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getDelayThreshold()
+  {
+    return $this->delayThreshold;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The maximum number of elements collected in a batch that could be accepted
+   * by server.
+   *
+   * @param int $elementCountLimit
+   */
+  public function setElementCountLimit($elementCountLimit)
+  {
+    $this->elementCountLimit = $elementCountLimit;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return int
+   */
+  public function getElementCountLimit()
+  {
+    return $this->elementCountLimit;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The number of elements of a field collected into a batch which, if
+   * exceeded, causes the batch to be sent.
+   *
+   * @param int $elementCountThreshold
+   */
+  public function setElementCountThreshold($elementCountThreshold)
+  {
+    $this->elementCountThreshold = $elementCountThreshold;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return int
+   */
+  public function getElementCountThreshold()
+  {
+    return $this->elementCountThreshold;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The maximum size of data allowed by flow control.
+   *
+   * @param int $flowControlByteLimit
+   */
+  public function setFlowControlByteLimit($flowControlByteLimit)
+  {
+    $this->flowControlByteLimit = $flowControlByteLimit;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return int
+   */
+  public function getFlowControlByteLimit()
+  {
+    return $this->flowControlByteLimit;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The maximum number of elements allowed by flow control.
+   *
+   * @param int $flowControlElementLimit
+   */
+  public function setFlowControlElementLimit($flowControlElementLimit)
+  {
+    $this->flowControlElementLimit = $flowControlElementLimit;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return int
+   */
+  public function getFlowControlElementLimit()
+  {
+    return $this->flowControlElementLimit;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The behavior to take when the flow control limit is exceeded.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: UNSET_BEHAVIOR, THROW_EXCEPTION, BLOCK, IGNORE
+   *
+   * @param self::FLOW_CONTROL_LIMIT_EXCEEDED_BEHAVIOR_* $flowControlLimitExceededBehavior
+   */
+  public function setFlowControlLimitExceededBehavior($flowControlLimitExceededBehavior)
+  {
+    $this->flowControlLimitExceededBehavior = $flowControlLimitExceededBehavior;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::FLOW_CONTROL_LIMIT_EXCEEDED_BEHAVIOR_*
+   */
+  public function getFlowControlLimitExceededBehavior()
+  {
+    return $this->flowControlLimitExceededBehavior;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The maximum size of the request that could be accepted by server.
+   *
+   * @param int $requestByteLimit
+   */
+  public function setRequestByteLimit($requestByteLimit)
+  {
+    $this->requestByteLimit = $requestByteLimit;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return int
+   */
+  public function getRequestByteLimit()
+  {
+    return $this->requestByteLimit;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The aggregated size of the batched field which, if exceeded, causes the
+   * batch to be sent. This size is computed by aggregating the sizes of the
+   * request field to be batched, not of the entire request message.
+   *
+   * @param string $requestByteThreshold
+   */
+  public function setRequestByteThreshold($requestByteThreshold)
+  {
+    $this->requestByteThreshold = $requestByteThreshold;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getRequestByteThreshold()
+  {
+    return $this->requestByteThreshold;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(BatchingSettingsProto::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_BatchingSettingsProto');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/Billing.php

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class Billing extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'consumerDestinations';
+  protected $consumerDestinationsType = BillingDestination::class;
+  protected $consumerDestinationsDataType = 'array';
+
+  /**
+   * Billing configurations for sending metrics to the consumer project. There
+   * can be multiple consumer destinations per service, each one must have a
+   * different monitored resource type. A metric can be used in at most one
+   * consumer destination.
+   *
+   * @param BillingDestination[] $consumerDestinations
+   */
+  public function setConsumerDestinations($consumerDestinations)
+  {
+    $this->consumerDestinations = $consumerDestinations;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return BillingDestination[]
+   */
+  public function getConsumerDestinations()
+  {
+    return $this->consumerDestinations;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Billing::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_Billing');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/BillingConfig.php

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class BillingConfig extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Name of the billing account. For example
+   * `billingAccounts/012345-567890-ABCDEF`.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $billingAccount;
+
+  /**
+   * Name of the billing account. For example
+   * `billingAccounts/012345-567890-ABCDEF`.
+   *
+   * @param string $billingAccount
+   */
+  public function setBillingAccount($billingAccount)
+  {
+    $this->billingAccount = $billingAccount;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getBillingAccount()
+  {
+    return $this->billingAccount;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(BillingConfig::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_BillingConfig');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/BillingDestination.php

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class BillingDestination extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'metrics';
+  /**
+   * Names of the metrics to report to this billing destination. Each name must
+   * be defined in Service.metrics section.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $metrics;
+  /**
+   * The monitored resource type. The type must be defined in
+   * Service.monitored_resources section.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $monitoredResource;
+
+  /**
+   * Names of the metrics to report to this billing destination. Each name must
+   * be defined in Service.metrics section.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $metrics
+   */
+  public function setMetrics($metrics)
+  {
+    $this->metrics = $metrics;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getMetrics()
+  {
+    return $this->metrics;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The monitored resource type. The type must be defined in
+   * Service.monitored_resources section.
+   *
+   * @param string $monitoredResource
+   */
+  public function setMonitoredResource($monitoredResource)
+  {
+    $this->monitoredResource = $monitoredResource;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getMonitoredResource()
+  {
+    return $this->monitoredResource;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(BillingDestination::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_BillingDestination');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/CancelOperationRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class CancelOperationRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(CancelOperationRequest::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_CancelOperationRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/ClientLibrarySettings.php

@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class ClientLibrarySettings extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Do not use this default value.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_LAUNCH_STAGE_UNSPECIFIED = 'LAUNCH_STAGE_UNSPECIFIED';
+  /**
+   * The feature is not yet implemented. Users can not use it.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_UNIMPLEMENTED = 'UNIMPLEMENTED';
+  /**
+   * Prelaunch features are hidden from users and are only visible internally.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_PRELAUNCH = 'PRELAUNCH';
+  /**
+   * Early Access features are limited to a closed group of testers. To use
+   * these features, you must sign up in advance and sign a Trusted Tester
+   * agreement (which includes confidentiality provisions). These features may
+   * be unstable, changed in backward-incompatible ways, and are not guaranteed
+   * to be released.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_EARLY_ACCESS = 'EARLY_ACCESS';
+  /**
+   * Alpha is a limited availability test for releases before they are cleared
+   * for widespread use. By Alpha, all significant design issues are resolved
+   * and we are in the process of verifying functionality. Alpha customers need
+   * to apply for access, agree to applicable terms, and have their projects
+   * allowlisted. Alpha releases don't have to be feature complete, no SLAs are
+   * provided, and there are no technical support obligations, but they will be
+   * far enough along that customers can actually use them in test environments
+   * or for limited-use tests -- just like they would in normal production
+   * cases.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_ALPHA = 'ALPHA';
+  /**
+   * Beta is the point at which we are ready to open a release for any customer
+   * to use. There are no SLA or technical support obligations in a Beta
+   * release. Products will be complete from a feature perspective, but may have
+   * some open outstanding issues. Beta releases are suitable for limited
+   * production use cases.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_BETA = 'BETA';
+  /**
+   * GA features are open to all developers and are considered stable and fully
+   * qualified for production use.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_GA = 'GA';
+  /**
+   * Deprecated features are scheduled to be shut down and removed. For more
+   * information, see the "Deprecation Policy" section of our [Terms of
+   * Service](https://cloud.google.com/terms/) and the [Google Cloud Platform
+   * Subject to the Deprecation
+   * Policy](https://cloud.google.com/terms/deprecation) documentation.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_DEPRECATED = 'DEPRECATED';
+  protected $cppSettingsType = CppSettings::class;
+  protected $cppSettingsDataType = '';
+  protected $dotnetSettingsType = DotnetSettings::class;
+  protected $dotnetSettingsDataType = '';
+  protected $goSettingsType = GoSettings::class;
+  protected $goSettingsDataType = '';
+  protected $javaSettingsType = JavaSettings::class;
+  protected $javaSettingsDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * Launch stage of this version of the API.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $launchStage;
+  protected $nodeSettingsType = NodeSettings::class;
+  protected $nodeSettingsDataType = '';
+  protected $phpSettingsType = PhpSettings::class;
+  protected $phpSettingsDataType = '';
+  protected $pythonSettingsType = PythonSettings::class;
+  protected $pythonSettingsDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * When using transport=rest, the client request will encode enums as numbers
+   * rather than strings.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $restNumericEnums;
+  protected $rubySettingsType = RubySettings::class;
+  protected $rubySettingsDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * Version of the API to apply these settings to. This is the full protobuf
+   * package for the API, ending in the version element. Examples:
+   * "google.cloud.speech.v1" and "google.spanner.admin.database.v1".
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $version;
+
+  /**
+   * Settings for C++ client libraries.
+   *
+   * @param CppSettings $cppSettings
+   */
+  public function setCppSettings(CppSettings $cppSettings)
+  {
+    $this->cppSettings = $cppSettings;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return CppSettings
+   */
+  public function getCppSettings()
+  {
+    return $this->cppSettings;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Settings for .NET client libraries.
+   *
+   * @param DotnetSettings $dotnetSettings
+   */
+  public function setDotnetSettings(DotnetSettings $dotnetSettings)
+  {
+    $this->dotnetSettings = $dotnetSettings;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return DotnetSettings
+   */
+  public function getDotnetSettings()
+  {
+    return $this->dotnetSettings;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Settings for Go client libraries.
+   *
+   * @param GoSettings $goSettings
+   */
+  public function setGoSettings(GoSettings $goSettings)
+  {
+    $this->goSettings = $goSettings;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return GoSettings
+   */
+  public function getGoSettings()
+  {
+    return $this->goSettings;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Settings for legacy Java features, supported in the Service YAML.
+   *
+   * @param JavaSettings $javaSettings
+   */
+  public function setJavaSettings(JavaSettings $javaSettings)
+  {
+    $this->javaSettings = $javaSettings;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return JavaSettings
+   */
+  public function getJavaSettings()
+  {
+    return $this->javaSettings;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Launch stage of this version of the API.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: LAUNCH_STAGE_UNSPECIFIED, UNIMPLEMENTED, PRELAUNCH,
+   * EARLY_ACCESS, ALPHA, BETA, GA, DEPRECATED
+   *
+   * @param self::LAUNCH_STAGE_* $launchStage
+   */
+  public function setLaunchStage($launchStage)
+  {
+    $this->launchStage = $launchStage;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::LAUNCH_STAGE_*
+   */
+  public function getLaunchStage()
+  {
+    return $this->launchStage;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Settings for Node client libraries.
+   *
+   * @param NodeSettings $nodeSettings
+   */
+  public function setNodeSettings(NodeSettings $nodeSettings)
+  {
+    $this->nodeSettings = $nodeSettings;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return NodeSettings
+   */
+  public function getNodeSettings()
+  {
+    return $this->nodeSettings;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Settings for PHP client libraries.
+   *
+   * @param PhpSettings $phpSettings
+   */
+  public function setPhpSettings(PhpSettings $phpSettings)
+  {
+    $this->phpSettings = $phpSettings;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return PhpSettings
+   */
+  public function getPhpSettings()
+  {
+    return $this->phpSettings;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Settings for Python client libraries.
+   *
+   * @param PythonSettings $pythonSettings
+   */
+  public function setPythonSettings(PythonSettings $pythonSettings)
+  {
+    $this->pythonSettings = $pythonSettings;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return PythonSettings
+   */
+  public function getPythonSettings()
+  {
+    return $this->pythonSettings;
+  }
+  /**
+   * When using transport=rest, the client request will encode enums as numbers
+   * rather than strings.
+   *
+   * @param bool $restNumericEnums
+   */
+  public function setRestNumericEnums($restNumericEnums)
+  {
+    $this->restNumericEnums = $restNumericEnums;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getRestNumericEnums()
+  {
+    return $this->restNumericEnums;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Settings for Ruby client libraries.
+   *
+   * @param RubySettings $rubySettings
+   */
+  public function setRubySettings(RubySettings $rubySettings)
+  {
+    $this->rubySettings = $rubySettings;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return RubySettings
+   */
+  public function getRubySettings()
+  {
+    return $this->rubySettings;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Version of the API to apply these settings to. This is the full protobuf
+   * package for the API, ending in the version element. Examples:
+   * "google.cloud.speech.v1" and "google.spanner.admin.database.v1".
+   *
+   * @param string $version
+   */
+  public function setVersion($version)
+  {
+    $this->version = $version;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getVersion()
+  {
+    return $this->version;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(ClientLibrarySettings::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_ClientLibrarySettings');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/CommonLanguageSettings.php

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class CommonLanguageSettings extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'destinations';
+  /**
+   * The destination where API teams want this client library to be published.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $destinations;
+  /**
+   * Link to automatically generated reference documentation. Example:
+   * https://cloud.google.com/nodejs/docs/reference/asset/latest
+   *
+   * @deprecated
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $referenceDocsUri;
+  protected $selectiveGapicGenerationType = SelectiveGapicGeneration::class;
+  protected $selectiveGapicGenerationDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * The destination where API teams want this client library to be published.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $destinations
+   */
+  public function setDestinations($destinations)
+  {
+    $this->destinations = $destinations;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getDestinations()
+  {
+    return $this->destinations;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Link to automatically generated reference documentation. Example:
+   * https://cloud.google.com/nodejs/docs/reference/asset/latest
+   *
+   * @deprecated
+   * @param string $referenceDocsUri
+   */
+  public function setReferenceDocsUri($referenceDocsUri)
+  {
+    $this->referenceDocsUri = $referenceDocsUri;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @deprecated
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getReferenceDocsUri()
+  {
+    return $this->referenceDocsUri;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Configuration for which RPCs should be generated in the GAPIC client.
+   *
+   * @param SelectiveGapicGeneration $selectiveGapicGeneration
+   */
+  public function setSelectiveGapicGeneration(SelectiveGapicGeneration $selectiveGapicGeneration)
+  {
+    $this->selectiveGapicGeneration = $selectiveGapicGeneration;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return SelectiveGapicGeneration
+   */
+  public function getSelectiveGapicGeneration()
+  {
+    return $this->selectiveGapicGeneration;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(CommonLanguageSettings::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_CommonLanguageSettings');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/Context.php

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class Context extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'rules';
+  protected $rulesType = ContextRule::class;
+  protected $rulesDataType = 'array';
+
+  /**
+   * A list of RPC context rules that apply to individual API methods. **NOTE:**
+   * All service configuration rules follow "last one wins" order.
+   *
+   * @param ContextRule[] $rules
+   */
+  public function setRules($rules)
+  {
+    $this->rules = $rules;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return ContextRule[]
+   */
+  public function getRules()
+  {
+    return $this->rules;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Context::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_Context');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/ContextRule.php

@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class ContextRule extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'requested';
+  /**
+   * A list of full type names or extension IDs of extensions allowed in grpc
+   * side channel from client to backend.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $allowedRequestExtensions;
+  /**
+   * A list of full type names or extension IDs of extensions allowed in grpc
+   * side channel from backend to client.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $allowedResponseExtensions;
+  /**
+   * A list of full type names of provided contexts. It is used to support
+   * propagating HTTP headers and ETags from the response extension.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $provided;
+  /**
+   * A list of full type names of requested contexts, only the requested context
+   * will be made available to the backend.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $requested;
+  /**
+   * Selects the methods to which this rule applies. Refer to selector for
+   * syntax details.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $selector;
+
+  /**
+   * A list of full type names or extension IDs of extensions allowed in grpc
+   * side channel from client to backend.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $allowedRequestExtensions
+   */
+  public function setAllowedRequestExtensions($allowedRequestExtensions)
+  {
+    $this->allowedRequestExtensions = $allowedRequestExtensions;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getAllowedRequestExtensions()
+  {
+    return $this->allowedRequestExtensions;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A list of full type names or extension IDs of extensions allowed in grpc
+   * side channel from backend to client.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $allowedResponseExtensions
+   */
+  public function setAllowedResponseExtensions($allowedResponseExtensions)
+  {
+    $this->allowedResponseExtensions = $allowedResponseExtensions;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getAllowedResponseExtensions()
+  {
+    return $this->allowedResponseExtensions;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A list of full type names of provided contexts. It is used to support
+   * propagating HTTP headers and ETags from the response extension.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $provided
+   */
+  public function setProvided($provided)
+  {
+    $this->provided = $provided;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getProvided()
+  {
+    return $this->provided;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A list of full type names of requested contexts, only the requested context
+   * will be made available to the backend.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $requested
+   */
+  public function setRequested($requested)
+  {
+    $this->requested = $requested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getRequested()
+  {
+    return $this->requested;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Selects the methods to which this rule applies. Refer to selector for
+   * syntax details.
+   *
+   * @param string $selector
+   */
+  public function setSelector($selector)
+  {
+    $this->selector = $selector;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getSelector()
+  {
+    return $this->selector;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(ContextRule::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_ContextRule');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/Control.php

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class Control extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'methodPolicies';
+  /**
+   * The service controller environment to use. If empty, no control plane
+   * feature (like quota and billing) will be enabled. The recommended value for
+   * most services is servicecontrol.googleapis.com
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $environment;
+  protected $methodPoliciesType = MethodPolicy::class;
+  protected $methodPoliciesDataType = 'array';
+
+  /**
+   * The service controller environment to use. If empty, no control plane
+   * feature (like quota and billing) will be enabled. The recommended value for
+   * most services is servicecontrol.googleapis.com
+   *
+   * @param string $environment
+   */
+  public function setEnvironment($environment)
+  {
+    $this->environment = $environment;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getEnvironment()
+  {
+    return $this->environment;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Defines policies applying to the API methods of the service.
+   *
+   * @param MethodPolicy[] $methodPolicies
+   */
+  public function setMethodPolicies($methodPolicies)
+  {
+    $this->methodPolicies = $methodPolicies;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return MethodPolicy[]
+   */
+  public function getMethodPolicies()
+  {
+    return $this->methodPolicies;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Control::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_Control');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/CppSettings.php

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class CppSettings extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $commonType = CommonLanguageSettings::class;
+  protected $commonDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * Some settings.
+   *
+   * @param CommonLanguageSettings $common
+   */
+  public function setCommon(CommonLanguageSettings $common)
+  {
+    $this->common = $common;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return CommonLanguageSettings
+   */
+  public function getCommon()
+  {
+    return $this->common;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(CppSettings::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_CppSettings');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/CreateTenancyUnitRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class CreateTenancyUnitRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Optional. Optional service producer-provided identifier of the tenancy
+   * unit. Must be no longer than 40 characters and preferably URI friendly. If
+   * it isn't provided, a UID for the tenancy unit is automatically generated.
+   * The identifier must be unique across a managed service. If the tenancy unit
+   * already exists for the managed service and service consumer pair, calling
+   * `CreateTenancyUnit` returns the existing tenancy unit if the provided
+   * identifier is identical or empty, otherwise the call fails.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $tenancyUnitId;
+
+  /**
+   * Optional. Optional service producer-provided identifier of the tenancy
+   * unit. Must be no longer than 40 characters and preferably URI friendly. If
+   * it isn't provided, a UID for the tenancy unit is automatically generated.
+   * The identifier must be unique across a managed service. If the tenancy unit
+   * already exists for the managed service and service consumer pair, calling
+   * `CreateTenancyUnit` returns the existing tenancy unit if the provided
+   * identifier is identical or empty, otherwise the call fails.
+   *
+   * @param string $tenancyUnitId
+   */
+  public function setTenancyUnitId($tenancyUnitId)
+  {
+    $this->tenancyUnitId = $tenancyUnitId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getTenancyUnitId()
+  {
+    return $this->tenancyUnitId;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(CreateTenancyUnitRequest::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_CreateTenancyUnitRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/CustomError.php

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class CustomError extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'types';
+  protected $rulesType = CustomErrorRule::class;
+  protected $rulesDataType = 'array';
+  /**
+   * The list of custom error detail types, e.g. 'google.foo.v1.CustomError'.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $types;
+
+  /**
+   * The list of custom error rules that apply to individual API messages.
+   * **NOTE:** All service configuration rules follow "last one wins" order.
+   *
+   * @param CustomErrorRule[] $rules
+   */
+  public function setRules($rules)
+  {
+    $this->rules = $rules;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return CustomErrorRule[]
+   */
+  public function getRules()
+  {
+    return $this->rules;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The list of custom error detail types, e.g. 'google.foo.v1.CustomError'.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $types
+   */
+  public function setTypes($types)
+  {
+    $this->types = $types;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getTypes()
+  {
+    return $this->types;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(CustomError::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_CustomError');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/CustomErrorRule.php

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class CustomErrorRule extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Mark this message as possible payload in error response. Otherwise, objects
+   * of this type will be filtered when they appear in error payload.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $isErrorType;
+  /**
+   * Selects messages to which this rule applies. Refer to selector for syntax
+   * details.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $selector;
+
+  /**
+   * Mark this message as possible payload in error response. Otherwise, objects
+   * of this type will be filtered when they appear in error payload.
+   *
+   * @param bool $isErrorType
+   */
+  public function setIsErrorType($isErrorType)
+  {
+    $this->isErrorType = $isErrorType;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getIsErrorType()
+  {
+    return $this->isErrorType;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Selects messages to which this rule applies. Refer to selector for syntax
+   * details.
+   *
+   * @param string $selector
+   */
+  public function setSelector($selector)
+  {
+    $this->selector = $selector;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getSelector()
+  {
+    return $this->selector;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(CustomErrorRule::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_CustomErrorRule');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/CustomHttpPattern.php

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class CustomHttpPattern extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The name of this custom HTTP verb.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $kind;
+  /**
+   * The path matched by this custom verb.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $path;
+
+  /**
+   * The name of this custom HTTP verb.
+   *
+   * @param string $kind
+   */
+  public function setKind($kind)
+  {
+    $this->kind = $kind;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getKind()
+  {
+    return $this->kind;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The path matched by this custom verb.
+   *
+   * @param string $path
+   */
+  public function setPath($path)
+  {
+    $this->path = $path;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getPath()
+  {
+    return $this->path;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(CustomHttpPattern::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_CustomHttpPattern');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/DeleteTenantProjectRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class DeleteTenantProjectRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Required. Tag of the resource within the tenancy unit.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $tag;
+
+  /**
+   * Required. Tag of the resource within the tenancy unit.
+   *
+   * @param string $tag
+   */
+  public function setTag($tag)
+  {
+    $this->tag = $tag;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getTag()
+  {
+    return $this->tag;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(DeleteTenantProjectRequest::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_DeleteTenantProjectRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/Documentation.php

@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class Documentation extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'sectionOverrides';
+  /**
+   * Optional information about the IAM configuration. This is typically used to
+   * link to documentation about a product's IAM roles and permissions.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $additionalIamInfo;
+  /**
+   * The URL to the root of documentation.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $documentationRootUrl;
+  /**
+   * Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ...
+   * overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following
+   * declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name:
+   * Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both
+   * `overview` field and `pages` field.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $overview;
+  protected $pagesType = Page::class;
+  protected $pagesDataType = 'array';
+  protected $rulesType = DocumentationRule::class;
+  protected $rulesDataType = 'array';
+  protected $sectionOverridesType = Page::class;
+  protected $sectionOverridesDataType = 'array';
+  /**
+   * Specifies the service root url if the default one (the service name from
+   * the yaml file) is not suitable. This can be seen in any fully specified
+   * service urls as well as sections that show a base that other urls are
+   * relative to.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $serviceRootUrl;
+  /**
+   * A short description of what the service does. The summary must be plain
+   * text. It becomes the overview of the service displayed in Google Cloud
+   * Console. NOTE: This field is equivalent to the standard field
+   * `description`.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $summary;
+
+  /**
+   * Optional information about the IAM configuration. This is typically used to
+   * link to documentation about a product's IAM roles and permissions.
+   *
+   * @param string $additionalIamInfo
+   */
+  public function setAdditionalIamInfo($additionalIamInfo)
+  {
+    $this->additionalIamInfo = $additionalIamInfo;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getAdditionalIamInfo()
+  {
+    return $this->additionalIamInfo;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The URL to the root of documentation.
+   *
+   * @param string $documentationRootUrl
+   */
+  public function setDocumentationRootUrl($documentationRootUrl)
+  {
+    $this->documentationRootUrl = $documentationRootUrl;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getDocumentationRootUrl()
+  {
+    return $this->documentationRootUrl;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ...
+   * overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following
+   * declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name:
+   * Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both
+   * `overview` field and `pages` field.
+   *
+   * @param string $overview
+   */
+  public function setOverview($overview)
+  {
+    $this->overview = $overview;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getOverview()
+  {
+    return $this->overview;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The top level pages for the documentation set.
+   *
+   * @param Page[] $pages
+   */
+  public function setPages($pages)
+  {
+    $this->pages = $pages;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Page[]
+   */
+  public function getPages()
+  {
+    return $this->pages;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A list of documentation rules that apply to individual API elements.
+   * **NOTE:** All service configuration rules follow "last one wins" order.
+   *
+   * @param DocumentationRule[] $rules
+   */
+  public function setRules($rules)
+  {
+    $this->rules = $rules;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return DocumentationRule[]
+   */
+  public function getRules()
+  {
+    return $this->rules;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Specifies section and content to override the boilerplate content.
+   * Currently overrides following sections: 1. rest.service.client_libraries
+   *
+   * @param Page[] $sectionOverrides
+   */
+  public function setSectionOverrides($sectionOverrides)
+  {
+    $this->sectionOverrides = $sectionOverrides;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Page[]
+   */
+  public function getSectionOverrides()
+  {
+    return $this->sectionOverrides;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Specifies the service root url if the default one (the service name from
+   * the yaml file) is not suitable. This can be seen in any fully specified
+   * service urls as well as sections that show a base that other urls are
+   * relative to.
+   *
+   * @param string $serviceRootUrl
+   */
+  public function setServiceRootUrl($serviceRootUrl)
+  {
+    $this->serviceRootUrl = $serviceRootUrl;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getServiceRootUrl()
+  {
+    return $this->serviceRootUrl;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A short description of what the service does. The summary must be plain
+   * text. It becomes the overview of the service displayed in Google Cloud
+   * Console. NOTE: This field is equivalent to the standard field
+   * `description`.
+   *
+   * @param string $summary
+   */
+  public function setSummary($summary)
+  {
+    $this->summary = $summary;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getSummary()
+  {
+    return $this->summary;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Documentation::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_Documentation');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/DocumentationRule.php

@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class DocumentationRule extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Deprecation description of the selected element(s). It can be provided if
+   * an element is marked as `deprecated`.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $deprecationDescription;
+  /**
+   * Description of the selected proto element (e.g. a message, a method, a
+   * 'service' definition, or a field). Defaults to leading & trailing comments
+   * taken from the proto source definition of the proto element.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $description;
+  /**
+   * String of comma or space separated case-sensitive words for which
+   * method/field name replacement will be disabled.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $disableReplacementWords;
+  /**
+   * The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns for any element such as
+   * a method, a field, an enum value. Each pattern is a qualified name of the
+   * element which may end in "*", indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only
+   * allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e.
+   * "foo.*" is ok, but not "foo.b*" or "foo.*.bar". A wildcard will match one
+   * or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the
+   * whole pattern "*" is used.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $selector;
+
+  /**
+   * Deprecation description of the selected element(s). It can be provided if
+   * an element is marked as `deprecated`.
+   *
+   * @param string $deprecationDescription
+   */
+  public function setDeprecationDescription($deprecationDescription)
+  {
+    $this->deprecationDescription = $deprecationDescription;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getDeprecationDescription()
+  {
+    return $this->deprecationDescription;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Description of the selected proto element (e.g. a message, a method, a
+   * 'service' definition, or a field). Defaults to leading & trailing comments
+   * taken from the proto source definition of the proto element.
+   *
+   * @param string $description
+   */
+  public function setDescription($description)
+  {
+    $this->description = $description;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getDescription()
+  {
+    return $this->description;
+  }
+  /**
+   * String of comma or space separated case-sensitive words for which
+   * method/field name replacement will be disabled.
+   *
+   * @param string $disableReplacementWords
+   */
+  public function setDisableReplacementWords($disableReplacementWords)
+  {
+    $this->disableReplacementWords = $disableReplacementWords;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getDisableReplacementWords()
+  {
+    return $this->disableReplacementWords;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns for any element such as
+   * a method, a field, an enum value. Each pattern is a qualified name of the
+   * element which may end in "*", indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only
+   * allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e.
+   * "foo.*" is ok, but not "foo.b*" or "foo.*.bar". A wildcard will match one
+   * or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the
+   * whole pattern "*" is used.
+   *
+   * @param string $selector
+   */
+  public function setSelector($selector)
+  {
+    $this->selector = $selector;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getSelector()
+  {
+    return $this->selector;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(DocumentationRule::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_DocumentationRule');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/DotnetSettings.php

@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class DotnetSettings extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'ignoredResources';
+  protected $commonType = CommonLanguageSettings::class;
+  protected $commonDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * Namespaces which must be aliased in snippets due to a known (but non-
+   * generator-predictable) naming collision
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $forcedNamespaceAliases;
+  /**
+   * Method signatures (in the form "service.method(signature)") which are
+   * provided separately, so shouldn't be generated. Snippets *calling* these
+   * methods are still generated, however.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $handwrittenSignatures;
+  /**
+   * List of full resource types to ignore during generation. This is typically
+   * used for API-specific Location resources, which should be handled by the
+   * generator as if they were actually the common Location resources. Example
+   * entry: "documentai.googleapis.com/Location"
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $ignoredResources;
+  /**
+   * Map from full resource types to the effective short name for the resource.
+   * This is used when otherwise resource named from different services would
+   * cause naming collisions. Example entry:
+   * "datalabeling.googleapis.com/Dataset": "DataLabelingDataset"
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $renamedResources;
+  /**
+   * Map from original service names to renamed versions. This is used when the
+   * default generated types would cause a naming conflict. (Neither name is
+   * fully-qualified.) Example: Subscriber to SubscriberServiceApi.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $renamedServices;
+
+  /**
+   * Some settings.
+   *
+   * @param CommonLanguageSettings $common
+   */
+  public function setCommon(CommonLanguageSettings $common)
+  {
+    $this->common = $common;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return CommonLanguageSettings
+   */
+  public function getCommon()
+  {
+    return $this->common;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Namespaces which must be aliased in snippets due to a known (but non-
+   * generator-predictable) naming collision
+   *
+   * @param string[] $forcedNamespaceAliases
+   */
+  public function setForcedNamespaceAliases($forcedNamespaceAliases)
+  {
+    $this->forcedNamespaceAliases = $forcedNamespaceAliases;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getForcedNamespaceAliases()
+  {
+    return $this->forcedNamespaceAliases;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Method signatures (in the form "service.method(signature)") which are
+   * provided separately, so shouldn't be generated. Snippets *calling* these
+   * methods are still generated, however.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $handwrittenSignatures
+   */
+  public function setHandwrittenSignatures($handwrittenSignatures)
+  {
+    $this->handwrittenSignatures = $handwrittenSignatures;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getHandwrittenSignatures()
+  {
+    return $this->handwrittenSignatures;
+  }
+  /**
+   * List of full resource types to ignore during generation. This is typically
+   * used for API-specific Location resources, which should be handled by the
+   * generator as if they were actually the common Location resources. Example
+   * entry: "documentai.googleapis.com/Location"
+   *
+   * @param string[] $ignoredResources
+   */
+  public function setIgnoredResources($ignoredResources)
+  {
+    $this->ignoredResources = $ignoredResources;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getIgnoredResources()
+  {
+    return $this->ignoredResources;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Map from full resource types to the effective short name for the resource.
+   * This is used when otherwise resource named from different services would
+   * cause naming collisions. Example entry:
+   * "datalabeling.googleapis.com/Dataset": "DataLabelingDataset"
+   *
+   * @param string[] $renamedResources
+   */
+  public function setRenamedResources($renamedResources)
+  {
+    $this->renamedResources = $renamedResources;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getRenamedResources()
+  {
+    return $this->renamedResources;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Map from original service names to renamed versions. This is used when the
+   * default generated types would cause a naming conflict. (Neither name is
+   * fully-qualified.) Example: Subscriber to SubscriberServiceApi.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $renamedServices
+   */
+  public function setRenamedServices($renamedServices)
+  {
+    $this->renamedServices = $renamedServices;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getRenamedServices()
+  {
+    return $this->renamedServices;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(DotnetSettings::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_DotnetSettings');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/Endpoint.php

@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class Endpoint extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'aliases';
+  /**
+   * Aliases for this endpoint, these will be served by the same UrlMap as the
+   * parent endpoint, and will be provisioned in the GCP stack for the Regional
+   * Endpoints.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $aliases;
+  /**
+   * Allowing [CORS](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cross-
+   * origin_resource_sharing), aka cross-domain traffic, would allow the
+   * backends served from this endpoint to receive and respond to HTTP OPTIONS
+   * requests. The response will be used by the browser to determine whether the
+   * subsequent cross-origin request is allowed to proceed.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $allowCors;
+  /**
+   * The canonical name of this endpoint.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $name;
+  /**
+   * The specification of an Internet routable address of API frontend that will
+   * handle requests to this [API
+   * Endpoint](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/glossary). It should be
+   * either a valid IPv4 address or a fully-qualified domain name. For example,
+   * "8.8.8.8" or "myservice.appspot.com".
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $target;
+
+  /**
+   * Aliases for this endpoint, these will be served by the same UrlMap as the
+   * parent endpoint, and will be provisioned in the GCP stack for the Regional
+   * Endpoints.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $aliases
+   */
+  public function setAliases($aliases)
+  {
+    $this->aliases = $aliases;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getAliases()
+  {
+    return $this->aliases;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Allowing [CORS](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cross-
+   * origin_resource_sharing), aka cross-domain traffic, would allow the
+   * backends served from this endpoint to receive and respond to HTTP OPTIONS
+   * requests. The response will be used by the browser to determine whether the
+   * subsequent cross-origin request is allowed to proceed.
+   *
+   * @param bool $allowCors
+   */
+  public function setAllowCors($allowCors)
+  {
+    $this->allowCors = $allowCors;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getAllowCors()
+  {
+    return $this->allowCors;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The canonical name of this endpoint.
+   *
+   * @param string $name
+   */
+  public function setName($name)
+  {
+    $this->name = $name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getName()
+  {
+    return $this->name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The specification of an Internet routable address of API frontend that will
+   * handle requests to this [API
+   * Endpoint](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/glossary). It should be
+   * either a valid IPv4 address or a fully-qualified domain name. For example,
+   * "8.8.8.8" or "myservice.appspot.com".
+   *
+   * @param string $target
+   */
+  public function setTarget($target)
+  {
+    $this->target = $target;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getTarget()
+  {
+    return $this->target;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Endpoint::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_Endpoint');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/Enum.php

@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class Enum extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  /**
+   * Syntax `proto2`.
+   */
+  public const SYNTAX_SYNTAX_PROTO2 = 'SYNTAX_PROTO2';
+  /**
+   * Syntax `proto3`.
+   */
+  public const SYNTAX_SYNTAX_PROTO3 = 'SYNTAX_PROTO3';
+  /**
+   * Syntax `editions`.
+   */
+  public const SYNTAX_SYNTAX_EDITIONS = 'SYNTAX_EDITIONS';
+  protected $collection_key = 'options';
+  /**
+   * The source edition string, only valid when syntax is SYNTAX_EDITIONS.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $edition;
+  protected $enumvalueType = EnumValue::class;
+  protected $enumvalueDataType = 'array';
+  /**
+   * Enum type name.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $name;
+  protected $optionsType = Option::class;
+  protected $optionsDataType = 'array';
+  protected $sourceContextType = SourceContext::class;
+  protected $sourceContextDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The source syntax.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $syntax;
+
+  /**
+   * The source edition string, only valid when syntax is SYNTAX_EDITIONS.
+   *
+   * @param string $edition
+   */
+  public function setEdition($edition)
+  {
+    $this->edition = $edition;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getEdition()
+  {
+    return $this->edition;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Enum value definitions.
+   *
+   * @param EnumValue[] $enumvalue
+   */
+  public function setEnumvalue($enumvalue)
+  {
+    $this->enumvalue = $enumvalue;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return EnumValue[]
+   */
+  public function getEnumvalue()
+  {
+    return $this->enumvalue;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Enum type name.
+   *
+   * @param string $name
+   */
+  public function setName($name)
+  {
+    $this->name = $name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getName()
+  {
+    return $this->name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Protocol buffer options.
+   *
+   * @param Option[] $options
+   */
+  public function setOptions($options)
+  {
+    $this->options = $options;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Option[]
+   */
+  public function getOptions()
+  {
+    return $this->options;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The source context.
+   *
+   * @param SourceContext $sourceContext
+   */
+  public function setSourceContext(SourceContext $sourceContext)
+  {
+    $this->sourceContext = $sourceContext;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return SourceContext
+   */
+  public function getSourceContext()
+  {
+    return $this->sourceContext;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The source syntax.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: SYNTAX_PROTO2, SYNTAX_PROTO3, SYNTAX_EDITIONS
+   *
+   * @param self::SYNTAX_* $syntax
+   */
+  public function setSyntax($syntax)
+  {
+    $this->syntax = $syntax;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::SYNTAX_*
+   */
+  public function getSyntax()
+  {
+    return $this->syntax;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Enum::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_Enum');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/EnumValue.php

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class EnumValue extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'options';
+  /**
+   * Enum value name.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $name;
+  /**
+   * Enum value number.
+   *
+   * @var int
+   */
+  public $number;
+  protected $optionsType = Option::class;
+  protected $optionsDataType = 'array';
+
+  /**
+   * Enum value name.
+   *
+   * @param string $name
+   */
+  public function setName($name)
+  {
+    $this->name = $name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getName()
+  {
+    return $this->name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Enum value number.
+   *
+   * @param int $number
+   */
+  public function setNumber($number)
+  {
+    $this->number = $number;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return int
+   */
+  public function getNumber()
+  {
+    return $this->number;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Protocol buffer options.
+   *
+   * @param Option[] $options
+   */
+  public function setOptions($options)
+  {
+    $this->options = $options;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Option[]
+   */
+  public function getOptions()
+  {
+    return $this->options;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(EnumValue::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_EnumValue');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/ExperimentalFeatures.php

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class ExperimentalFeatures extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Enables generation of protobuf code using new types that are more Pythonic
+   * which are included in `protobuf>=5.29.x`. This feature will be enabled by
+   * default 1 month after launching the feature in preview packages.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $protobufPythonicTypesEnabled;
+  /**
+   * Enables generation of asynchronous REST clients if `rest` transport is
+   * enabled. By default, asynchronous REST clients will not be generated. This
+   * feature will be enabled by default 1 month after launching the feature in
+   * preview packages.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $restAsyncIoEnabled;
+  /**
+   * Disables generation of an unversioned Python package for this client
+   * library. This means that the module names will need to be versioned in
+   * import statements. For example `import google.cloud.library_v2` instead of
+   * `import google.cloud.library`.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $unversionedPackageDisabled;
+
+  /**
+   * Enables generation of protobuf code using new types that are more Pythonic
+   * which are included in `protobuf>=5.29.x`. This feature will be enabled by
+   * default 1 month after launching the feature in preview packages.
+   *
+   * @param bool $protobufPythonicTypesEnabled
+   */
+  public function setProtobufPythonicTypesEnabled($protobufPythonicTypesEnabled)
+  {
+    $this->protobufPythonicTypesEnabled = $protobufPythonicTypesEnabled;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getProtobufPythonicTypesEnabled()
+  {
+    return $this->protobufPythonicTypesEnabled;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Enables generation of asynchronous REST clients if `rest` transport is
+   * enabled. By default, asynchronous REST clients will not be generated. This
+   * feature will be enabled by default 1 month after launching the feature in
+   * preview packages.
+   *
+   * @param bool $restAsyncIoEnabled
+   */
+  public function setRestAsyncIoEnabled($restAsyncIoEnabled)
+  {
+    $this->restAsyncIoEnabled = $restAsyncIoEnabled;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getRestAsyncIoEnabled()
+  {
+    return $this->restAsyncIoEnabled;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Disables generation of an unversioned Python package for this client
+   * library. This means that the module names will need to be versioned in
+   * import statements. For example `import google.cloud.library_v2` instead of
+   * `import google.cloud.library`.
+   *
+   * @param bool $unversionedPackageDisabled
+   */
+  public function setUnversionedPackageDisabled($unversionedPackageDisabled)
+  {
+    $this->unversionedPackageDisabled = $unversionedPackageDisabled;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getUnversionedPackageDisabled()
+  {
+    return $this->unversionedPackageDisabled;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(ExperimentalFeatures::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_ExperimentalFeatures');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/Field.php

@@ -0,0 +1,347 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class Field extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  /**
+   * For fields with unknown cardinality.
+   */
+  public const CARDINALITY_CARDINALITY_UNKNOWN = 'CARDINALITY_UNKNOWN';
+  /**
+   * For optional fields.
+   */
+  public const CARDINALITY_CARDINALITY_OPTIONAL = 'CARDINALITY_OPTIONAL';
+  /**
+   * For required fields. Proto2 syntax only.
+   */
+  public const CARDINALITY_CARDINALITY_REQUIRED = 'CARDINALITY_REQUIRED';
+  /**
+   * For repeated fields.
+   */
+  public const CARDINALITY_CARDINALITY_REPEATED = 'CARDINALITY_REPEATED';
+  /**
+   * Field type unknown.
+   */
+  public const KIND_TYPE_UNKNOWN = 'TYPE_UNKNOWN';
+  /**
+   * Field type double.
+   */
+  public const KIND_TYPE_DOUBLE = 'TYPE_DOUBLE';
+  /**
+   * Field type float.
+   */
+  public const KIND_TYPE_FLOAT = 'TYPE_FLOAT';
+  /**
+   * Field type int64.
+   */
+  public const KIND_TYPE_INT64 = 'TYPE_INT64';
+  /**
+   * Field type uint64.
+   */
+  public const KIND_TYPE_UINT64 = 'TYPE_UINT64';
+  /**
+   * Field type int32.
+   */
+  public const KIND_TYPE_INT32 = 'TYPE_INT32';
+  /**
+   * Field type fixed64.
+   */
+  public const KIND_TYPE_FIXED64 = 'TYPE_FIXED64';
+  /**
+   * Field type fixed32.
+   */
+  public const KIND_TYPE_FIXED32 = 'TYPE_FIXED32';
+  /**
+   * Field type bool.
+   */
+  public const KIND_TYPE_BOOL = 'TYPE_BOOL';
+  /**
+   * Field type string.
+   */
+  public const KIND_TYPE_STRING = 'TYPE_STRING';
+  /**
+   * Field type group. Proto2 syntax only, and deprecated.
+   */
+  public const KIND_TYPE_GROUP = 'TYPE_GROUP';
+  /**
+   * Field type message.
+   */
+  public const KIND_TYPE_MESSAGE = 'TYPE_MESSAGE';
+  /**
+   * Field type bytes.
+   */
+  public const KIND_TYPE_BYTES = 'TYPE_BYTES';
+  /**
+   * Field type uint32.
+   */
+  public const KIND_TYPE_UINT32 = 'TYPE_UINT32';
+  /**
+   * Field type enum.
+   */
+  public const KIND_TYPE_ENUM = 'TYPE_ENUM';
+  /**
+   * Field type sfixed32.
+   */
+  public const KIND_TYPE_SFIXED32 = 'TYPE_SFIXED32';
+  /**
+   * Field type sfixed64.
+   */
+  public const KIND_TYPE_SFIXED64 = 'TYPE_SFIXED64';
+  /**
+   * Field type sint32.
+   */
+  public const KIND_TYPE_SINT32 = 'TYPE_SINT32';
+  /**
+   * Field type sint64.
+   */
+  public const KIND_TYPE_SINT64 = 'TYPE_SINT64';
+  protected $collection_key = 'options';
+  /**
+   * The field cardinality.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $cardinality;
+  /**
+   * The string value of the default value of this field. Proto2 syntax only.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $defaultValue;
+  /**
+   * The field JSON name.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $jsonName;
+  /**
+   * The field type.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $kind;
+  /**
+   * The field name.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $name;
+  /**
+   * The field number.
+   *
+   * @var int
+   */
+  public $number;
+  /**
+   * The index of the field type in `Type.oneofs`, for message or enumeration
+   * types. The first type has index 1; zero means the type is not in the list.
+   *
+   * @var int
+   */
+  public $oneofIndex;
+  protected $optionsType = Option::class;
+  protected $optionsDataType = 'array';
+  /**
+   * Whether to use alternative packed wire representation.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $packed;
+  /**
+   * The field type URL, without the scheme, for message or enumeration types.
+   * Example: `"type.googleapis.com/google.protobuf.Timestamp"`.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $typeUrl;
+
+  /**
+   * The field cardinality.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: CARDINALITY_UNKNOWN, CARDINALITY_OPTIONAL,
+   * CARDINALITY_REQUIRED, CARDINALITY_REPEATED
+   *
+   * @param self::CARDINALITY_* $cardinality
+   */
+  public function setCardinality($cardinality)
+  {
+    $this->cardinality = $cardinality;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::CARDINALITY_*
+   */
+  public function getCardinality()
+  {
+    return $this->cardinality;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The string value of the default value of this field. Proto2 syntax only.
+   *
+   * @param string $defaultValue
+   */
+  public function setDefaultValue($defaultValue)
+  {
+    $this->defaultValue = $defaultValue;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getDefaultValue()
+  {
+    return $this->defaultValue;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The field JSON name.
+   *
+   * @param string $jsonName
+   */
+  public function setJsonName($jsonName)
+  {
+    $this->jsonName = $jsonName;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getJsonName()
+  {
+    return $this->jsonName;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The field type.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: TYPE_UNKNOWN, TYPE_DOUBLE, TYPE_FLOAT, TYPE_INT64,
+   * TYPE_UINT64, TYPE_INT32, TYPE_FIXED64, TYPE_FIXED32, TYPE_BOOL,
+   * TYPE_STRING, TYPE_GROUP, TYPE_MESSAGE, TYPE_BYTES, TYPE_UINT32, TYPE_ENUM,
+   * TYPE_SFIXED32, TYPE_SFIXED64, TYPE_SINT32, TYPE_SINT64
+   *
+   * @param self::KIND_* $kind
+   */
+  public function setKind($kind)
+  {
+    $this->kind = $kind;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::KIND_*
+   */
+  public function getKind()
+  {
+    return $this->kind;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The field name.
+   *
+   * @param string $name
+   */
+  public function setName($name)
+  {
+    $this->name = $name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getName()
+  {
+    return $this->name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The field number.
+   *
+   * @param int $number
+   */
+  public function setNumber($number)
+  {
+    $this->number = $number;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return int
+   */
+  public function getNumber()
+  {
+    return $this->number;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The index of the field type in `Type.oneofs`, for message or enumeration
+   * types. The first type has index 1; zero means the type is not in the list.
+   *
+   * @param int $oneofIndex
+   */
+  public function setOneofIndex($oneofIndex)
+  {
+    $this->oneofIndex = $oneofIndex;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return int
+   */
+  public function getOneofIndex()
+  {
+    return $this->oneofIndex;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The protocol buffer options.
+   *
+   * @param Option[] $options
+   */
+  public function setOptions($options)
+  {
+    $this->options = $options;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Option[]
+   */
+  public function getOptions()
+  {
+    return $this->options;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Whether to use alternative packed wire representation.
+   *
+   * @param bool $packed
+   */
+  public function setPacked($packed)
+  {
+    $this->packed = $packed;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getPacked()
+  {
+    return $this->packed;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The field type URL, without the scheme, for message or enumeration types.
+   * Example: `"type.googleapis.com/google.protobuf.Timestamp"`.
+   *
+   * @param string $typeUrl
+   */
+  public function setTypeUrl($typeUrl)
+  {
+    $this->typeUrl = $typeUrl;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getTypeUrl()
+  {
+    return $this->typeUrl;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Field::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_Field');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/FieldPolicy.php

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class FieldPolicy extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Specifies the required permission(s) for the resource referred to by the
+   * field. It requires the field contains a valid resource reference, and the
+   * request must pass the permission checks to proceed. For example,
+   * "resourcemanager.projects.get".
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $resourcePermission;
+  /**
+   * Specifies the resource type for the resource referred to by the field.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $resourceType;
+  /**
+   * Selects one or more request or response message fields to apply this
+   * `FieldPolicy`. When a `FieldPolicy` is used in proto annotation, the
+   * selector must be left as empty. The service config generator will
+   * automatically fill the correct value. When a `FieldPolicy` is used in
+   * service config, the selector must be a comma-separated string with valid
+   * request or response field paths, such as "foo.bar" or "foo.bar,foo.baz".
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $selector;
+
+  /**
+   * Specifies the required permission(s) for the resource referred to by the
+   * field. It requires the field contains a valid resource reference, and the
+   * request must pass the permission checks to proceed. For example,
+   * "resourcemanager.projects.get".
+   *
+   * @param string $resourcePermission
+   */
+  public function setResourcePermission($resourcePermission)
+  {
+    $this->resourcePermission = $resourcePermission;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getResourcePermission()
+  {
+    return $this->resourcePermission;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Specifies the resource type for the resource referred to by the field.
+   *
+   * @param string $resourceType
+   */
+  public function setResourceType($resourceType)
+  {
+    $this->resourceType = $resourceType;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getResourceType()
+  {
+    return $this->resourceType;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Selects one or more request or response message fields to apply this
+   * `FieldPolicy`. When a `FieldPolicy` is used in proto annotation, the
+   * selector must be left as empty. The service config generator will
+   * automatically fill the correct value. When a `FieldPolicy` is used in
+   * service config, the selector must be a comma-separated string with valid
+   * request or response field paths, such as "foo.bar" or "foo.bar,foo.baz".
+   *
+   * @param string $selector
+   */
+  public function setSelector($selector)
+  {
+    $this->selector = $selector;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getSelector()
+  {
+    return $this->selector;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(FieldPolicy::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_FieldPolicy');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/GoSettings.php

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class GoSettings extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $commonType = CommonLanguageSettings::class;
+  protected $commonDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * Map of service names to renamed services. Keys are the package relative
+   * service names and values are the name to be used for the service client and
+   * call options. Example: publishing: go_settings: renamed_services:
+   * Publisher: TopicAdmin
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $renamedServices;
+
+  /**
+   * Some settings.
+   *
+   * @param CommonLanguageSettings $common
+   */
+  public function setCommon(CommonLanguageSettings $common)
+  {
+    $this->common = $common;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return CommonLanguageSettings
+   */
+  public function getCommon()
+  {
+    return $this->common;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Map of service names to renamed services. Keys are the package relative
+   * service names and values are the name to be used for the service client and
+   * call options. Example: publishing: go_settings: renamed_services:
+   * Publisher: TopicAdmin
+   *
+   * @param string[] $renamedServices
+   */
+  public function setRenamedServices($renamedServices)
+  {
+    $this->renamedServices = $renamedServices;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getRenamedServices()
+  {
+    return $this->renamedServices;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(GoSettings::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_GoSettings');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/Http.php

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class Http extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'rules';
+  /**
+   * When set to true, URL path parameters will be fully URI-decoded except in
+   * cases of single segment matches in reserved expansion, where "%2F" will be
+   * left encoded. The default behavior is to not decode RFC 6570 reserved
+   * characters in multi segment matches.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $fullyDecodeReservedExpansion;
+  protected $rulesType = HttpRule::class;
+  protected $rulesDataType = 'array';
+
+  /**
+   * When set to true, URL path parameters will be fully URI-decoded except in
+   * cases of single segment matches in reserved expansion, where "%2F" will be
+   * left encoded. The default behavior is to not decode RFC 6570 reserved
+   * characters in multi segment matches.
+   *
+   * @param bool $fullyDecodeReservedExpansion
+   */
+  public function setFullyDecodeReservedExpansion($fullyDecodeReservedExpansion)
+  {
+    $this->fullyDecodeReservedExpansion = $fullyDecodeReservedExpansion;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getFullyDecodeReservedExpansion()
+  {
+    return $this->fullyDecodeReservedExpansion;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A list of HTTP configuration rules that apply to individual API methods.
+   * **NOTE:** All service configuration rules follow "last one wins" order.
+   *
+   * @param HttpRule[] $rules
+   */
+  public function setRules($rules)
+  {
+    $this->rules = $rules;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return HttpRule[]
+   */
+  public function getRules()
+  {
+    return $this->rules;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Http::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_Http');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/HttpRule.php

@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class HttpRule extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'additionalBindings';
+  protected $additionalBindingsType = HttpRule::class;
+  protected $additionalBindingsDataType = 'array';
+  /**
+   * The name of the request field whose value is mapped to the HTTP request
+   * body, or `*` for mapping all request fields not captured by the path
+   * pattern to the HTTP body, or omitted for not having any HTTP request body.
+   * NOTE: the referred field must be present at the top-level of the request
+   * message type.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $body;
+  protected $customType = CustomHttpPattern::class;
+  protected $customDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * Maps to HTTP DELETE. Used for deleting a resource.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $delete;
+  /**
+   * Maps to HTTP GET. Used for listing and getting information about resources.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $get;
+  /**
+   * Maps to HTTP PATCH. Used for updating a resource.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $patch;
+  /**
+   * Maps to HTTP POST. Used for creating a resource or performing an action.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $post;
+  /**
+   * Maps to HTTP PUT. Used for replacing a resource.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $put;
+  /**
+   * Optional. The name of the response field whose value is mapped to the HTTP
+   * response body. When omitted, the entire response message will be used as
+   * the HTTP response body. NOTE: The referred field must be present at the
+   * top-level of the response message type.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $responseBody;
+  /**
+   * Selects a method to which this rule applies. Refer to selector for syntax
+   * details.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $selector;
+
+  /**
+   * Additional HTTP bindings for the selector. Nested bindings must not contain
+   * an `additional_bindings` field themselves (that is, the nesting may only be
+   * one level deep).
+   *
+   * @param HttpRule[] $additionalBindings
+   */
+  public function setAdditionalBindings($additionalBindings)
+  {
+    $this->additionalBindings = $additionalBindings;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return HttpRule[]
+   */
+  public function getAdditionalBindings()
+  {
+    return $this->additionalBindings;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The name of the request field whose value is mapped to the HTTP request
+   * body, or `*` for mapping all request fields not captured by the path
+   * pattern to the HTTP body, or omitted for not having any HTTP request body.
+   * NOTE: the referred field must be present at the top-level of the request
+   * message type.
+   *
+   * @param string $body
+   */
+  public function setBody($body)
+  {
+    $this->body = $body;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getBody()
+  {
+    return $this->body;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The custom pattern is used for specifying an HTTP method that is not
+   * included in the `pattern` field, such as HEAD, or "*" to leave the HTTP
+   * method unspecified for this rule. The wild-card rule is useful for services
+   * that provide content to Web (HTML) clients.
+   *
+   * @param CustomHttpPattern $custom
+   */
+  public function setCustom(CustomHttpPattern $custom)
+  {
+    $this->custom = $custom;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return CustomHttpPattern
+   */
+  public function getCustom()
+  {
+    return $this->custom;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Maps to HTTP DELETE. Used for deleting a resource.
+   *
+   * @param string $delete
+   */
+  public function setDelete($delete)
+  {
+    $this->delete = $delete;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getDelete()
+  {
+    return $this->delete;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Maps to HTTP GET. Used for listing and getting information about resources.
+   *
+   * @param string $get
+   */
+  public function setGet($get)
+  {
+    $this->get = $get;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getGet()
+  {
+    return $this->get;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Maps to HTTP PATCH. Used for updating a resource.
+   *
+   * @param string $patch
+   */
+  public function setPatch($patch)
+  {
+    $this->patch = $patch;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getPatch()
+  {
+    return $this->patch;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Maps to HTTP POST. Used for creating a resource or performing an action.
+   *
+   * @param string $post
+   */
+  public function setPost($post)
+  {
+    $this->post = $post;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getPost()
+  {
+    return $this->post;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Maps to HTTP PUT. Used for replacing a resource.
+   *
+   * @param string $put
+   */
+  public function setPut($put)
+  {
+    $this->put = $put;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getPut()
+  {
+    return $this->put;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Optional. The name of the response field whose value is mapped to the HTTP
+   * response body. When omitted, the entire response message will be used as
+   * the HTTP response body. NOTE: The referred field must be present at the
+   * top-level of the response message type.
+   *
+   * @param string $responseBody
+   */
+  public function setResponseBody($responseBody)
+  {
+    $this->responseBody = $responseBody;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getResponseBody()
+  {
+    return $this->responseBody;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Selects a method to which this rule applies. Refer to selector for syntax
+   * details.
+   *
+   * @param string $selector
+   */
+  public function setSelector($selector)
+  {
+    $this->selector = $selector;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getSelector()
+  {
+    return $this->selector;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(HttpRule::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_HttpRule');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/JavaSettings.php

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class JavaSettings extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $commonType = CommonLanguageSettings::class;
+  protected $commonDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The package name to use in Java. Clobbers the java_package option set in
+   * the protobuf. This should be used **only** by APIs who have already set the
+   * language_settings.java.package_name" field in gapic.yaml. API teams should
+   * use the protobuf java_package option where possible. Example of a YAML
+   * configuration:: publishing: library_settings: java_settings:
+   * library_package: com.google.cloud.pubsub.v1
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $libraryPackage;
+  /**
+   * Configure the Java class name to use instead of the service's for its
+   * corresponding generated GAPIC client. Keys are fully-qualified service
+   * names as they appear in the protobuf (including the full the
+   * language_settings.java.interface_names" field in gapic.yaml. API teams
+   * should otherwise use the service name as it appears in the protobuf.
+   * Example of a YAML configuration:: publishing: java_settings:
+   * service_class_names: - google.pubsub.v1.Publisher: TopicAdmin -
+   * google.pubsub.v1.Subscriber: SubscriptionAdmin
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $serviceClassNames;
+
+  /**
+   * Some settings.
+   *
+   * @param CommonLanguageSettings $common
+   */
+  public function setCommon(CommonLanguageSettings $common)
+  {
+    $this->common = $common;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return CommonLanguageSettings
+   */
+  public function getCommon()
+  {
+    return $this->common;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The package name to use in Java. Clobbers the java_package option set in
+   * the protobuf. This should be used **only** by APIs who have already set the
+   * language_settings.java.package_name" field in gapic.yaml. API teams should
+   * use the protobuf java_package option where possible. Example of a YAML
+   * configuration:: publishing: library_settings: java_settings:
+   * library_package: com.google.cloud.pubsub.v1
+   *
+   * @param string $libraryPackage
+   */
+  public function setLibraryPackage($libraryPackage)
+  {
+    $this->libraryPackage = $libraryPackage;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getLibraryPackage()
+  {
+    return $this->libraryPackage;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Configure the Java class name to use instead of the service's for its
+   * corresponding generated GAPIC client. Keys are fully-qualified service
+   * names as they appear in the protobuf (including the full the
+   * language_settings.java.interface_names" field in gapic.yaml. API teams
+   * should otherwise use the service name as it appears in the protobuf.
+   * Example of a YAML configuration:: publishing: java_settings:
+   * service_class_names: - google.pubsub.v1.Publisher: TopicAdmin -
+   * google.pubsub.v1.Subscriber: SubscriptionAdmin
+   *
+   * @param string[] $serviceClassNames
+   */
+  public function setServiceClassNames($serviceClassNames)
+  {
+    $this->serviceClassNames = $serviceClassNames;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getServiceClassNames()
+  {
+    return $this->serviceClassNames;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(JavaSettings::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_JavaSettings');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/JwtLocation.php

@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class JwtLocation extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Specifies cookie name to extract JWT token.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $cookie;
+  /**
+   * Specifies HTTP header name to extract JWT token.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $header;
+  /**
+   * Specifies URL query parameter name to extract JWT token.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $query;
+  /**
+   * The value prefix. The value format is "value_prefix{token}" Only applies to
+   * "in" header type. Must be empty for "in" query type. If not empty, the
+   * header value has to match (case sensitive) this prefix. If not matched, JWT
+   * will not be extracted. If matched, JWT will be extracted after the prefix
+   * is removed. For example, for "Authorization: Bearer {JWT}",
+   * value_prefix="Bearer " with a space at the end.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $valuePrefix;
+
+  /**
+   * Specifies cookie name to extract JWT token.
+   *
+   * @param string $cookie
+   */
+  public function setCookie($cookie)
+  {
+    $this->cookie = $cookie;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getCookie()
+  {
+    return $this->cookie;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Specifies HTTP header name to extract JWT token.
+   *
+   * @param string $header
+   */
+  public function setHeader($header)
+  {
+    $this->header = $header;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getHeader()
+  {
+    return $this->header;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Specifies URL query parameter name to extract JWT token.
+   *
+   * @param string $query
+   */
+  public function setQuery($query)
+  {
+    $this->query = $query;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getQuery()
+  {
+    return $this->query;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The value prefix. The value format is "value_prefix{token}" Only applies to
+   * "in" header type. Must be empty for "in" query type. If not empty, the
+   * header value has to match (case sensitive) this prefix. If not matched, JWT
+   * will not be extracted. If matched, JWT will be extracted after the prefix
+   * is removed. For example, for "Authorization: Bearer {JWT}",
+   * value_prefix="Bearer " with a space at the end.
+   *
+   * @param string $valuePrefix
+   */
+  public function setValuePrefix($valuePrefix)
+  {
+    $this->valuePrefix = $valuePrefix;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getValuePrefix()
+  {
+    return $this->valuePrefix;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(JwtLocation::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_JwtLocation');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/LabelDescriptor.php

@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class LabelDescriptor extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * A variable-length string. This is the default.
+   */
+  public const VALUE_TYPE_STRING = 'STRING';
+  /**
+   * Boolean; true or false.
+   */
+  public const VALUE_TYPE_BOOL = 'BOOL';
+  /**
+   * A 64-bit signed integer.
+   */
+  public const VALUE_TYPE_INT64 = 'INT64';
+  /**
+   * A human-readable description for the label.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $description;
+  /**
+   * The label key.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $key;
+  /**
+   * The type of data that can be assigned to the label.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $valueType;
+
+  /**
+   * A human-readable description for the label.
+   *
+   * @param string $description
+   */
+  public function setDescription($description)
+  {
+    $this->description = $description;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getDescription()
+  {
+    return $this->description;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The label key.
+   *
+   * @param string $key
+   */
+  public function setKey($key)
+  {
+    $this->key = $key;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getKey()
+  {
+    return $this->key;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The type of data that can be assigned to the label.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: STRING, BOOL, INT64
+   *
+   * @param self::VALUE_TYPE_* $valueType
+   */
+  public function setValueType($valueType)
+  {
+    $this->valueType = $valueType;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::VALUE_TYPE_*
+   */
+  public function getValueType()
+  {
+    return $this->valueType;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(LabelDescriptor::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_LabelDescriptor');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/ListOperationsResponse.php

@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class ListOperationsResponse extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'unreachable';
+  /**
+   * The standard List next-page token.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $nextPageToken;
+  protected $operationsType = Operation::class;
+  protected $operationsDataType = 'array';
+  /**
+   * Unordered list. Unreachable resources. Populated when the request sets
+   * `ListOperationsRequest.return_partial_success` and reads across collections
+   * e.g. when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $unreachable;
+
+  /**
+   * The standard List next-page token.
+   *
+   * @param string $nextPageToken
+   */
+  public function setNextPageToken($nextPageToken)
+  {
+    $this->nextPageToken = $nextPageToken;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getNextPageToken()
+  {
+    return $this->nextPageToken;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+   *
+   * @param Operation[] $operations
+   */
+  public function setOperations($operations)
+  {
+    $this->operations = $operations;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Operation[]
+   */
+  public function getOperations()
+  {
+    return $this->operations;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Unordered list. Unreachable resources. Populated when the request sets
+   * `ListOperationsRequest.return_partial_success` and reads across collections
+   * e.g. when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $unreachable
+   */
+  public function setUnreachable($unreachable)
+  {
+    $this->unreachable = $unreachable;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getUnreachable()
+  {
+    return $this->unreachable;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(ListOperationsResponse::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_ListOperationsResponse');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/ListTenancyUnitsResponse.php

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class ListTenancyUnitsResponse extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'tenancyUnits';
+  /**
+   * Pagination token for large results.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $nextPageToken;
+  protected $tenancyUnitsType = TenancyUnit::class;
+  protected $tenancyUnitsDataType = 'array';
+
+  /**
+   * Pagination token for large results.
+   *
+   * @param string $nextPageToken
+   */
+  public function setNextPageToken($nextPageToken)
+  {
+    $this->nextPageToken = $nextPageToken;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getNextPageToken()
+  {
+    return $this->nextPageToken;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Tenancy units matching the request.
+   *
+   * @param TenancyUnit[] $tenancyUnits
+   */
+  public function setTenancyUnits($tenancyUnits)
+  {
+    $this->tenancyUnits = $tenancyUnits;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TenancyUnit[]
+   */
+  public function getTenancyUnits()
+  {
+    return $this->tenancyUnits;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(ListTenancyUnitsResponse::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_ListTenancyUnitsResponse');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/LogDescriptor.php

@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class LogDescriptor extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'labels';
+  /**
+   * A human-readable description of this log. This information appears in the
+   * documentation and can contain details.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $description;
+  /**
+   * The human-readable name for this log. This information appears on the user
+   * interface and should be concise.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $displayName;
+  protected $labelsType = LabelDescriptor::class;
+  protected $labelsDataType = 'array';
+  /**
+   * The name of the log. It must be less than 512 characters long and can
+   * include the following characters: upper- and lower-case alphanumeric
+   * characters [A-Za-z0-9], and punctuation characters including slash,
+   * underscore, hyphen, period [/_-.].
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $name;
+
+  /**
+   * A human-readable description of this log. This information appears in the
+   * documentation and can contain details.
+   *
+   * @param string $description
+   */
+  public function setDescription($description)
+  {
+    $this->description = $description;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getDescription()
+  {
+    return $this->description;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The human-readable name for this log. This information appears on the user
+   * interface and should be concise.
+   *
+   * @param string $displayName
+   */
+  public function setDisplayName($displayName)
+  {
+    $this->displayName = $displayName;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getDisplayName()
+  {
+    return $this->displayName;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The set of labels that are available to describe a specific log entry.
+   * Runtime requests that contain labels not specified here are considered
+   * invalid.
+   *
+   * @param LabelDescriptor[] $labels
+   */
+  public function setLabels($labels)
+  {
+    $this->labels = $labels;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return LabelDescriptor[]
+   */
+  public function getLabels()
+  {
+    return $this->labels;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The name of the log. It must be less than 512 characters long and can
+   * include the following characters: upper- and lower-case alphanumeric
+   * characters [A-Za-z0-9], and punctuation characters including slash,
+   * underscore, hyphen, period [/_-.].
+   *
+   * @param string $name
+   */
+  public function setName($name)
+  {
+    $this->name = $name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getName()
+  {
+    return $this->name;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(LogDescriptor::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_LogDescriptor');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/Logging.php

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class Logging extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'producerDestinations';
+  protected $consumerDestinationsType = LoggingDestination::class;
+  protected $consumerDestinationsDataType = 'array';
+  protected $producerDestinationsType = LoggingDestination::class;
+  protected $producerDestinationsDataType = 'array';
+
+  /**
+   * Logging configurations for sending logs to the consumer project. There can
+   * be multiple consumer destinations, each one must have a different monitored
+   * resource type. A log can be used in at most one consumer destination.
+   *
+   * @param LoggingDestination[] $consumerDestinations
+   */
+  public function setConsumerDestinations($consumerDestinations)
+  {
+    $this->consumerDestinations = $consumerDestinations;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return LoggingDestination[]
+   */
+  public function getConsumerDestinations()
+  {
+    return $this->consumerDestinations;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Logging configurations for sending logs to the producer project. There can
+   * be multiple producer destinations, each one must have a different monitored
+   * resource type. A log can be used in at most one producer destination.
+   *
+   * @param LoggingDestination[] $producerDestinations
+   */
+  public function setProducerDestinations($producerDestinations)
+  {
+    $this->producerDestinations = $producerDestinations;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return LoggingDestination[]
+   */
+  public function getProducerDestinations()
+  {
+    return $this->producerDestinations;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Logging::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_Logging');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/LoggingDestination.php

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class LoggingDestination extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'logs';
+  /**
+   * Names of the logs to be sent to this destination. Each name must be defined
+   * in the Service.logs section. If the log name is not a domain scoped name,
+   * it will be automatically prefixed with the service name followed by "/".
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $logs;
+  /**
+   * The monitored resource type. The type must be defined in the
+   * Service.monitored_resources section.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $monitoredResource;
+
+  /**
+   * Names of the logs to be sent to this destination. Each name must be defined
+   * in the Service.logs section. If the log name is not a domain scoped name,
+   * it will be automatically prefixed with the service name followed by "/".
+   *
+   * @param string[] $logs
+   */
+  public function setLogs($logs)
+  {
+    $this->logs = $logs;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getLogs()
+  {
+    return $this->logs;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The monitored resource type. The type must be defined in the
+   * Service.monitored_resources section.
+   *
+   * @param string $monitoredResource
+   */
+  public function setMonitoredResource($monitoredResource)
+  {
+    $this->monitoredResource = $monitoredResource;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getMonitoredResource()
+  {
+    return $this->monitoredResource;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(LoggingDestination::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_LoggingDestination');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/LongRunning.php

@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class LongRunning extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Initial delay after which the first poll request will be made. Default
+   * value: 5 seconds.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $initialPollDelay;
+  /**
+   * Maximum time between two subsequent poll requests. Default value: 45
+   * seconds.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $maxPollDelay;
+  /**
+   * Multiplier to gradually increase delay between subsequent polls until it
+   * reaches max_poll_delay. Default value: 1.5.
+   *
+   * @var float
+   */
+  public $pollDelayMultiplier;
+  /**
+   * Total polling timeout. Default value: 5 minutes.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $totalPollTimeout;
+
+  /**
+   * Initial delay after which the first poll request will be made. Default
+   * value: 5 seconds.
+   *
+   * @param string $initialPollDelay
+   */
+  public function setInitialPollDelay($initialPollDelay)
+  {
+    $this->initialPollDelay = $initialPollDelay;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getInitialPollDelay()
+  {
+    return $this->initialPollDelay;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Maximum time between two subsequent poll requests. Default value: 45
+   * seconds.
+   *
+   * @param string $maxPollDelay
+   */
+  public function setMaxPollDelay($maxPollDelay)
+  {
+    $this->maxPollDelay = $maxPollDelay;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getMaxPollDelay()
+  {
+    return $this->maxPollDelay;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Multiplier to gradually increase delay between subsequent polls until it
+   * reaches max_poll_delay. Default value: 1.5.
+   *
+   * @param float $pollDelayMultiplier
+   */
+  public function setPollDelayMultiplier($pollDelayMultiplier)
+  {
+    $this->pollDelayMultiplier = $pollDelayMultiplier;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return float
+   */
+  public function getPollDelayMultiplier()
+  {
+    return $this->pollDelayMultiplier;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Total polling timeout. Default value: 5 minutes.
+   *
+   * @param string $totalPollTimeout
+   */
+  public function setTotalPollTimeout($totalPollTimeout)
+  {
+    $this->totalPollTimeout = $totalPollTimeout;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getTotalPollTimeout()
+  {
+    return $this->totalPollTimeout;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(LongRunning::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_LongRunning');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/Method.php

@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class Method extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  /**
+   * Syntax `proto2`.
+   */
+  public const SYNTAX_SYNTAX_PROTO2 = 'SYNTAX_PROTO2';
+  /**
+   * Syntax `proto3`.
+   */
+  public const SYNTAX_SYNTAX_PROTO3 = 'SYNTAX_PROTO3';
+  /**
+   * Syntax `editions`.
+   */
+  public const SYNTAX_SYNTAX_EDITIONS = 'SYNTAX_EDITIONS';
+  protected $collection_key = 'options';
+  /**
+   * The source edition string, only valid when syntax is SYNTAX_EDITIONS. This
+   * field should be ignored, instead the edition should be inherited from Api.
+   * This is similar to Field and EnumValue.
+   *
+   * @deprecated
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $edition;
+  /**
+   * The simple name of this method.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $name;
+  protected $optionsType = Option::class;
+  protected $optionsDataType = 'array';
+  /**
+   * If true, the request is streamed.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $requestStreaming;
+  /**
+   * A URL of the input message type.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $requestTypeUrl;
+  /**
+   * If true, the response is streamed.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $responseStreaming;
+  /**
+   * The URL of the output message type.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $responseTypeUrl;
+  /**
+   * The source syntax of this method. This field should be ignored, instead the
+   * syntax should be inherited from Api. This is similar to Field and
+   * EnumValue.
+   *
+   * @deprecated
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $syntax;
+
+  /**
+   * The source edition string, only valid when syntax is SYNTAX_EDITIONS. This
+   * field should be ignored, instead the edition should be inherited from Api.
+   * This is similar to Field and EnumValue.
+   *
+   * @deprecated
+   * @param string $edition
+   */
+  public function setEdition($edition)
+  {
+    $this->edition = $edition;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @deprecated
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getEdition()
+  {
+    return $this->edition;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The simple name of this method.
+   *
+   * @param string $name
+   */
+  public function setName($name)
+  {
+    $this->name = $name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getName()
+  {
+    return $this->name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Any metadata attached to the method.
+   *
+   * @param Option[] $options
+   */
+  public function setOptions($options)
+  {
+    $this->options = $options;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Option[]
+   */
+  public function getOptions()
+  {
+    return $this->options;
+  }
+  /**
+   * If true, the request is streamed.
+   *
+   * @param bool $requestStreaming
+   */
+  public function setRequestStreaming($requestStreaming)
+  {
+    $this->requestStreaming = $requestStreaming;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getRequestStreaming()
+  {
+    return $this->requestStreaming;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A URL of the input message type.
+   *
+   * @param string $requestTypeUrl
+   */
+  public function setRequestTypeUrl($requestTypeUrl)
+  {
+    $this->requestTypeUrl = $requestTypeUrl;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getRequestTypeUrl()
+  {
+    return $this->requestTypeUrl;
+  }
+  /**
+   * If true, the response is streamed.
+   *
+   * @param bool $responseStreaming
+   */
+  public function setResponseStreaming($responseStreaming)
+  {
+    $this->responseStreaming = $responseStreaming;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getResponseStreaming()
+  {
+    return $this->responseStreaming;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The URL of the output message type.
+   *
+   * @param string $responseTypeUrl
+   */
+  public function setResponseTypeUrl($responseTypeUrl)
+  {
+    $this->responseTypeUrl = $responseTypeUrl;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getResponseTypeUrl()
+  {
+    return $this->responseTypeUrl;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The source syntax of this method. This field should be ignored, instead the
+   * syntax should be inherited from Api. This is similar to Field and
+   * EnumValue.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: SYNTAX_PROTO2, SYNTAX_PROTO3, SYNTAX_EDITIONS
+   *
+   * @deprecated
+   * @param self::SYNTAX_* $syntax
+   */
+  public function setSyntax($syntax)
+  {
+    $this->syntax = $syntax;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @deprecated
+   * @return self::SYNTAX_*
+   */
+  public function getSyntax()
+  {
+    return $this->syntax;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Method::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_Method');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/MethodPolicy.php

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class MethodPolicy extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'requestPolicies';
+  protected $requestPoliciesType = FieldPolicy::class;
+  protected $requestPoliciesDataType = 'array';
+  /**
+   * Selects a method to which these policies should be enforced, for example,
+   * "google.pubsub.v1.Subscriber.CreateSubscription". Refer to selector for
+   * syntax details. NOTE: This field must not be set in the proto annotation.
+   * It will be automatically filled by the service config compiler .
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $selector;
+
+  /**
+   * Policies that are applicable to the request message.
+   *
+   * @param FieldPolicy[] $requestPolicies
+   */
+  public function setRequestPolicies($requestPolicies)
+  {
+    $this->requestPolicies = $requestPolicies;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return FieldPolicy[]
+   */
+  public function getRequestPolicies()
+  {
+    return $this->requestPolicies;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Selects a method to which these policies should be enforced, for example,
+   * "google.pubsub.v1.Subscriber.CreateSubscription". Refer to selector for
+   * syntax details. NOTE: This field must not be set in the proto annotation.
+   * It will be automatically filled by the service config compiler .
+   *
+   * @param string $selector
+   */
+  public function setSelector($selector)
+  {
+    $this->selector = $selector;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getSelector()
+  {
+    return $this->selector;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(MethodPolicy::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_MethodPolicy');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/MethodSettings.php

@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class MethodSettings extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'autoPopulatedFields';
+  /**
+   * List of top-level fields of the request message, that should be
+   * automatically populated by the client libraries based on their
+   * (google.api.field_info).format. Currently supported format: UUID4. Example
+   * of a YAML configuration: publishing: method_settings: - selector:
+   * google.example.v1.ExampleService.CreateExample auto_populated_fields: -
+   * request_id
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $autoPopulatedFields;
+  protected $batchingType = BatchingConfigProto::class;
+  protected $batchingDataType = '';
+  protected $longRunningType = LongRunning::class;
+  protected $longRunningDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The fully qualified name of the method, for which the options below apply.
+   * This is used to find the method to apply the options. Example: publishing:
+   * method_settings: - selector:
+   * google.storage.control.v2.StorageControl.CreateFolder # method settings for
+   * CreateFolder...
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $selector;
+
+  /**
+   * List of top-level fields of the request message, that should be
+   * automatically populated by the client libraries based on their
+   * (google.api.field_info).format. Currently supported format: UUID4. Example
+   * of a YAML configuration: publishing: method_settings: - selector:
+   * google.example.v1.ExampleService.CreateExample auto_populated_fields: -
+   * request_id
+   *
+   * @param string[] $autoPopulatedFields
+   */
+  public function setAutoPopulatedFields($autoPopulatedFields)
+  {
+    $this->autoPopulatedFields = $autoPopulatedFields;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getAutoPopulatedFields()
+  {
+    return $this->autoPopulatedFields;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Batching configuration for an API method in client libraries. Example of a
+   * YAML configuration: publishing: method_settings: - selector:
+   * google.example.v1.ExampleService.BatchCreateExample batching:
+   * element_count_threshold: 1000 request_byte_threshold: 100000000
+   * delay_threshold_millis: 10
+   *
+   * @param BatchingConfigProto $batching
+   */
+  public function setBatching(BatchingConfigProto $batching)
+  {
+    $this->batching = $batching;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return BatchingConfigProto
+   */
+  public function getBatching()
+  {
+    return $this->batching;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Describes settings to use for long-running operations when generating API
+   * methods for RPCs. Complements RPCs that use the annotations in
+   * google/longrunning/operations.proto. Example of a YAML configuration::
+   * publishing: method_settings: - selector:
+   * google.cloud.speech.v2.Speech.BatchRecognize long_running:
+   * initial_poll_delay: 60s # 1 minute poll_delay_multiplier: 1.5
+   * max_poll_delay: 360s # 6 minutes total_poll_timeout: 54000s # 90 minutes
+   *
+   * @param LongRunning $longRunning
+   */
+  public function setLongRunning(LongRunning $longRunning)
+  {
+    $this->longRunning = $longRunning;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return LongRunning
+   */
+  public function getLongRunning()
+  {
+    return $this->longRunning;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The fully qualified name of the method, for which the options below apply.
+   * This is used to find the method to apply the options. Example: publishing:
+   * method_settings: - selector:
+   * google.storage.control.v2.StorageControl.CreateFolder # method settings for
+   * CreateFolder...
+   *
+   * @param string $selector
+   */
+  public function setSelector($selector)
+  {
+    $this->selector = $selector;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getSelector()
+  {
+    return $this->selector;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(MethodSettings::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_MethodSettings');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/MetricDescriptor.php

@@ -0,0 +1,499 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class MetricDescriptor extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  /**
+   * Do not use this default value.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_LAUNCH_STAGE_UNSPECIFIED = 'LAUNCH_STAGE_UNSPECIFIED';
+  /**
+   * The feature is not yet implemented. Users can not use it.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_UNIMPLEMENTED = 'UNIMPLEMENTED';
+  /**
+   * Prelaunch features are hidden from users and are only visible internally.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_PRELAUNCH = 'PRELAUNCH';
+  /**
+   * Early Access features are limited to a closed group of testers. To use
+   * these features, you must sign up in advance and sign a Trusted Tester
+   * agreement (which includes confidentiality provisions). These features may
+   * be unstable, changed in backward-incompatible ways, and are not guaranteed
+   * to be released.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_EARLY_ACCESS = 'EARLY_ACCESS';
+  /**
+   * Alpha is a limited availability test for releases before they are cleared
+   * for widespread use. By Alpha, all significant design issues are resolved
+   * and we are in the process of verifying functionality. Alpha customers need
+   * to apply for access, agree to applicable terms, and have their projects
+   * allowlisted. Alpha releases don't have to be feature complete, no SLAs are
+   * provided, and there are no technical support obligations, but they will be
+   * far enough along that customers can actually use them in test environments
+   * or for limited-use tests -- just like they would in normal production
+   * cases.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_ALPHA = 'ALPHA';
+  /**
+   * Beta is the point at which we are ready to open a release for any customer
+   * to use. There are no SLA or technical support obligations in a Beta
+   * release. Products will be complete from a feature perspective, but may have
+   * some open outstanding issues. Beta releases are suitable for limited
+   * production use cases.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_BETA = 'BETA';
+  /**
+   * GA features are open to all developers and are considered stable and fully
+   * qualified for production use.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_GA = 'GA';
+  /**
+   * Deprecated features are scheduled to be shut down and removed. For more
+   * information, see the "Deprecation Policy" section of our [Terms of
+   * Service](https://cloud.google.com/terms/) and the [Google Cloud Platform
+   * Subject to the Deprecation
+   * Policy](https://cloud.google.com/terms/deprecation) documentation.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_DEPRECATED = 'DEPRECATED';
+  /**
+   * Do not use this default value.
+   */
+  public const METRIC_KIND_METRIC_KIND_UNSPECIFIED = 'METRIC_KIND_UNSPECIFIED';
+  /**
+   * An instantaneous measurement of a value.
+   */
+  public const METRIC_KIND_GAUGE = 'GAUGE';
+  /**
+   * The change in a value during a time interval.
+   */
+  public const METRIC_KIND_DELTA = 'DELTA';
+  /**
+   * A value accumulated over a time interval. Cumulative measurements in a time
+   * series should have the same start time and increasing end times, until an
+   * event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the
+   * following points.
+   */
+  public const METRIC_KIND_CUMULATIVE = 'CUMULATIVE';
+  /**
+   * Do not use this default value.
+   */
+  public const VALUE_TYPE_VALUE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED = 'VALUE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED';
+  /**
+   * The value is a boolean. This value type can be used only if the metric kind
+   * is `GAUGE`.
+   */
+  public const VALUE_TYPE_BOOL = 'BOOL';
+  /**
+   * The value is a signed 64-bit integer.
+   */
+  public const VALUE_TYPE_INT64 = 'INT64';
+  /**
+   * The value is a double precision floating point number.
+   */
+  public const VALUE_TYPE_DOUBLE = 'DOUBLE';
+  /**
+   * The value is a text string. This value type can be used only if the metric
+   * kind is `GAUGE`.
+   */
+  public const VALUE_TYPE_STRING = 'STRING';
+  /**
+   * The value is a `Distribution`.
+   */
+  public const VALUE_TYPE_DISTRIBUTION = 'DISTRIBUTION';
+  /**
+   * The value is money.
+   */
+  public const VALUE_TYPE_MONEY = 'MONEY';
+  protected $collection_key = 'monitoredResourceTypes';
+  /**
+   * A detailed description of the metric, which can be used in documentation.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $description;
+  /**
+   * A concise name for the metric, which can be displayed in user interfaces.
+   * Use sentence case without an ending period, for example "Request count".
+   * This field is optional but it is recommended to be set for any metrics
+   * associated with user-visible concepts, such as Quota.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $displayName;
+  protected $labelsType = LabelDescriptor::class;
+  protected $labelsDataType = 'array';
+  /**
+   * Optional. The launch stage of the metric definition.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $launchStage;
+  protected $metadataType = MetricDescriptorMetadata::class;
+  protected $metadataDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * Whether the metric records instantaneous values, changes to a value, etc.
+   * Some combinations of `metric_kind` and `value_type` might not be supported.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $metricKind;
+  /**
+   * Read-only. If present, then a time series, which is identified partially by
+   * a metric type and a MonitoredResourceDescriptor, that is associated with
+   * this metric type can only be associated with one of the monitored resource
+   * types listed here.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $monitoredResourceTypes;
+  /**
+   * The resource name of the metric descriptor.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $name;
+  /**
+   * The metric type, including its DNS name prefix. The type is not URL-
+   * encoded. All user-defined metric types have the DNS name
+   * `custom.googleapis.com` or `external.googleapis.com`. Metric types should
+   * use a natural hierarchical grouping. For example:
+   * "custom.googleapis.com/invoice/paid/amount"
+   * "external.googleapis.com/prometheus/up"
+   * "appengine.googleapis.com/http/server/response_latencies"
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $type;
+  /**
+   * The units in which the metric value is reported. It is only applicable if
+   * the `value_type` is `INT64`, `DOUBLE`, or `DISTRIBUTION`. The `unit`
+   * defines the representation of the stored metric values. Different systems
+   * might scale the values to be more easily displayed (so a value of `0.02kBy`
+   * _might_ be displayed as `20By`, and a value of `3523kBy` _might_ be
+   * displayed as `3.5MBy`). However, if the `unit` is `kBy`, then the value of
+   * the metric is always in thousands of bytes, no matter how it might be
+   * displayed. If you want a custom metric to record the exact number of CPU-
+   * seconds used by a job, you can create an `INT64 CUMULATIVE` metric whose
+   * `unit` is `s{CPU}` (or equivalently `1s{CPU}` or just `s`). If the job uses
+   * 12,005 CPU-seconds, then the value is written as `12005`. Alternatively, if
+   * you want a custom metric to record data in a more granular way, you can
+   * create a `DOUBLE CUMULATIVE` metric whose `unit` is `ks{CPU}`, and then
+   * write the value `12.005` (which is `12005/1000`), or use `Kis{CPU}` and
+   * write `11.723` (which is `12005/1024`). The supported units are a subset of
+   * [The Unified Code for Units of
+   * Measure](https://unitsofmeasure.org/ucum.html) standard: **Basic units
+   * (UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour *
+   * `d` day * `1` dimensionless **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M`
+   * mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `E`
+   * exa (10^18) * `Z` zetta (10^21) * `Y` yotta (10^24) * `m` milli (10^-3) *
+   * `u` micro (10^-6) * `n` nano (10^-9) * `p` pico (10^-12) * `f` femto
+   * (10^-15) * `a` atto (10^-18) * `z` zepto (10^-21) * `y` yocto (10^-24) *
+   * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) *
+   * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: *
+   * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For examples, `kBy/{email}`
+   * or `MiBy/10ms` (although you should almost never have `/s` in a metric
+   * `unit`; rates should always be computed at query time from the underlying
+   * cumulative or delta value). * `.` multiplication or composition (as an
+   * infix operator). For examples, `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a
+   * unit is as follows: Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/"
+   * Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] |
+   * Annotation | "1" ; Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; Notes: * `Annotation` is
+   * just a comment if it follows a `UNIT`. If the annotation is used alone,
+   * then the unit is equivalent to `1`. For examples, `{request}/s == 1/s`,
+   * `By{transmitted}/s == By/s`. * `NAME` is a sequence of non-blank printable
+   * ASCII characters not containing `{` or `}`. * `1` represents a unitary
+   * [dimensionless unit](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dimensionless_quantity)
+   * of 1, such as in `1/s`. It is typically used when none of the basic units
+   * are appropriate. For example, "new users per day" can be represented as
+   * `1/d` or `{new-users}/d` (and a metric value `5` would mean "5 new users).
+   * Alternatively, "thousands of page views per day" would be represented as
+   * `1000/d` or `k1/d` or `k{page_views}/d` (and a metric value of `5.3` would
+   * mean "5300 page views per day"). * `%` represents dimensionless value of
+   * 1/100, and annotates values giving a percentage (so the metric values are
+   * typically in the range of 0..100, and a metric value `3` means "3
+   * percent"). * `10^2.%` indicates a metric contains a ratio, typically in the
+   * range 0..1, that will be multiplied by 100 and displayed as a percentage
+   * (so a metric value `0.03` means "3 percent").
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $unit;
+  /**
+   * Whether the measurement is an integer, a floating-point number, etc. Some
+   * combinations of `metric_kind` and `value_type` might not be supported.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $valueType;
+
+  /**
+   * A detailed description of the metric, which can be used in documentation.
+   *
+   * @param string $description
+   */
+  public function setDescription($description)
+  {
+    $this->description = $description;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getDescription()
+  {
+    return $this->description;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A concise name for the metric, which can be displayed in user interfaces.
+   * Use sentence case without an ending period, for example "Request count".
+   * This field is optional but it is recommended to be set for any metrics
+   * associated with user-visible concepts, such as Quota.
+   *
+   * @param string $displayName
+   */
+  public function setDisplayName($displayName)
+  {
+    $this->displayName = $displayName;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getDisplayName()
+  {
+    return $this->displayName;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The set of labels that can be used to describe a specific instance of this
+   * metric type. For example, the
+   * `appengine.googleapis.com/http/server/response_latencies` metric type has a
+   * label for the HTTP response code, `response_code`, so you can look at
+   * latencies for successful responses or just for responses that failed.
+   *
+   * @param LabelDescriptor[] $labels
+   */
+  public function setLabels($labels)
+  {
+    $this->labels = $labels;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return LabelDescriptor[]
+   */
+  public function getLabels()
+  {
+    return $this->labels;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Optional. The launch stage of the metric definition.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: LAUNCH_STAGE_UNSPECIFIED, UNIMPLEMENTED, PRELAUNCH,
+   * EARLY_ACCESS, ALPHA, BETA, GA, DEPRECATED
+   *
+   * @param self::LAUNCH_STAGE_* $launchStage
+   */
+  public function setLaunchStage($launchStage)
+  {
+    $this->launchStage = $launchStage;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::LAUNCH_STAGE_*
+   */
+  public function getLaunchStage()
+  {
+    return $this->launchStage;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Optional. Metadata which can be used to guide usage of the metric.
+   *
+   * @param MetricDescriptorMetadata $metadata
+   */
+  public function setMetadata(MetricDescriptorMetadata $metadata)
+  {
+    $this->metadata = $metadata;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return MetricDescriptorMetadata
+   */
+  public function getMetadata()
+  {
+    return $this->metadata;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Whether the metric records instantaneous values, changes to a value, etc.
+   * Some combinations of `metric_kind` and `value_type` might not be supported.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: METRIC_KIND_UNSPECIFIED, GAUGE, DELTA, CUMULATIVE
+   *
+   * @param self::METRIC_KIND_* $metricKind
+   */
+  public function setMetricKind($metricKind)
+  {
+    $this->metricKind = $metricKind;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::METRIC_KIND_*
+   */
+  public function getMetricKind()
+  {
+    return $this->metricKind;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Read-only. If present, then a time series, which is identified partially by
+   * a metric type and a MonitoredResourceDescriptor, that is associated with
+   * this metric type can only be associated with one of the monitored resource
+   * types listed here.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $monitoredResourceTypes
+   */
+  public function setMonitoredResourceTypes($monitoredResourceTypes)
+  {
+    $this->monitoredResourceTypes = $monitoredResourceTypes;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getMonitoredResourceTypes()
+  {
+    return $this->monitoredResourceTypes;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The resource name of the metric descriptor.
+   *
+   * @param string $name
+   */
+  public function setName($name)
+  {
+    $this->name = $name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getName()
+  {
+    return $this->name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The metric type, including its DNS name prefix. The type is not URL-
+   * encoded. All user-defined metric types have the DNS name
+   * `custom.googleapis.com` or `external.googleapis.com`. Metric types should
+   * use a natural hierarchical grouping. For example:
+   * "custom.googleapis.com/invoice/paid/amount"
+   * "external.googleapis.com/prometheus/up"
+   * "appengine.googleapis.com/http/server/response_latencies"
+   *
+   * @param string $type
+   */
+  public function setType($type)
+  {
+    $this->type = $type;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getType()
+  {
+    return $this->type;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The units in which the metric value is reported. It is only applicable if
+   * the `value_type` is `INT64`, `DOUBLE`, or `DISTRIBUTION`. The `unit`
+   * defines the representation of the stored metric values. Different systems
+   * might scale the values to be more easily displayed (so a value of `0.02kBy`
+   * _might_ be displayed as `20By`, and a value of `3523kBy` _might_ be
+   * displayed as `3.5MBy`). However, if the `unit` is `kBy`, then the value of
+   * the metric is always in thousands of bytes, no matter how it might be
+   * displayed. If you want a custom metric to record the exact number of CPU-
+   * seconds used by a job, you can create an `INT64 CUMULATIVE` metric whose
+   * `unit` is `s{CPU}` (or equivalently `1s{CPU}` or just `s`). If the job uses
+   * 12,005 CPU-seconds, then the value is written as `12005`. Alternatively, if
+   * you want a custom metric to record data in a more granular way, you can
+   * create a `DOUBLE CUMULATIVE` metric whose `unit` is `ks{CPU}`, and then
+   * write the value `12.005` (which is `12005/1000`), or use `Kis{CPU}` and
+   * write `11.723` (which is `12005/1024`). The supported units are a subset of
+   * [The Unified Code for Units of
+   * Measure](https://unitsofmeasure.org/ucum.html) standard: **Basic units
+   * (UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour *
+   * `d` day * `1` dimensionless **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M`
+   * mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `E`
+   * exa (10^18) * `Z` zetta (10^21) * `Y` yotta (10^24) * `m` milli (10^-3) *
+   * `u` micro (10^-6) * `n` nano (10^-9) * `p` pico (10^-12) * `f` femto
+   * (10^-15) * `a` atto (10^-18) * `z` zepto (10^-21) * `y` yocto (10^-24) *
+   * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) *
+   * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: *
+   * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For examples, `kBy/{email}`
+   * or `MiBy/10ms` (although you should almost never have `/s` in a metric
+   * `unit`; rates should always be computed at query time from the underlying
+   * cumulative or delta value). * `.` multiplication or composition (as an
+   * infix operator). For examples, `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a
+   * unit is as follows: Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/"
+   * Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] |
+   * Annotation | "1" ; Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; Notes: * `Annotation` is
+   * just a comment if it follows a `UNIT`. If the annotation is used alone,
+   * then the unit is equivalent to `1`. For examples, `{request}/s == 1/s`,
+   * `By{transmitted}/s == By/s`. * `NAME` is a sequence of non-blank printable
+   * ASCII characters not containing `{` or `}`. * `1` represents a unitary
+   * [dimensionless unit](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dimensionless_quantity)
+   * of 1, such as in `1/s`. It is typically used when none of the basic units
+   * are appropriate. For example, "new users per day" can be represented as
+   * `1/d` or `{new-users}/d` (and a metric value `5` would mean "5 new users).
+   * Alternatively, "thousands of page views per day" would be represented as
+   * `1000/d` or `k1/d` or `k{page_views}/d` (and a metric value of `5.3` would
+   * mean "5300 page views per day"). * `%` represents dimensionless value of
+   * 1/100, and annotates values giving a percentage (so the metric values are
+   * typically in the range of 0..100, and a metric value `3` means "3
+   * percent"). * `10^2.%` indicates a metric contains a ratio, typically in the
+   * range 0..1, that will be multiplied by 100 and displayed as a percentage
+   * (so a metric value `0.03` means "3 percent").
+   *
+   * @param string $unit
+   */
+  public function setUnit($unit)
+  {
+    $this->unit = $unit;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getUnit()
+  {
+    return $this->unit;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Whether the measurement is an integer, a floating-point number, etc. Some
+   * combinations of `metric_kind` and `value_type` might not be supported.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: VALUE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED, BOOL, INT64, DOUBLE, STRING,
+   * DISTRIBUTION, MONEY
+   *
+   * @param self::VALUE_TYPE_* $valueType
+   */
+  public function setValueType($valueType)
+  {
+    $this->valueType = $valueType;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::VALUE_TYPE_*
+   */
+  public function getValueType()
+  {
+    return $this->valueType;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(MetricDescriptor::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_MetricDescriptor');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/MetricDescriptorMetadata.php

@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class MetricDescriptorMetadata extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  /**
+   * Do not use this default value.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_LAUNCH_STAGE_UNSPECIFIED = 'LAUNCH_STAGE_UNSPECIFIED';
+  /**
+   * The feature is not yet implemented. Users can not use it.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_UNIMPLEMENTED = 'UNIMPLEMENTED';
+  /**
+   * Prelaunch features are hidden from users and are only visible internally.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_PRELAUNCH = 'PRELAUNCH';
+  /**
+   * Early Access features are limited to a closed group of testers. To use
+   * these features, you must sign up in advance and sign a Trusted Tester
+   * agreement (which includes confidentiality provisions). These features may
+   * be unstable, changed in backward-incompatible ways, and are not guaranteed
+   * to be released.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_EARLY_ACCESS = 'EARLY_ACCESS';
+  /**
+   * Alpha is a limited availability test for releases before they are cleared
+   * for widespread use. By Alpha, all significant design issues are resolved
+   * and we are in the process of verifying functionality. Alpha customers need
+   * to apply for access, agree to applicable terms, and have their projects
+   * allowlisted. Alpha releases don't have to be feature complete, no SLAs are
+   * provided, and there are no technical support obligations, but they will be
+   * far enough along that customers can actually use them in test environments
+   * or for limited-use tests -- just like they would in normal production
+   * cases.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_ALPHA = 'ALPHA';
+  /**
+   * Beta is the point at which we are ready to open a release for any customer
+   * to use. There are no SLA or technical support obligations in a Beta
+   * release. Products will be complete from a feature perspective, but may have
+   * some open outstanding issues. Beta releases are suitable for limited
+   * production use cases.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_BETA = 'BETA';
+  /**
+   * GA features are open to all developers and are considered stable and fully
+   * qualified for production use.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_GA = 'GA';
+  /**
+   * Deprecated features are scheduled to be shut down and removed. For more
+   * information, see the "Deprecation Policy" section of our [Terms of
+   * Service](https://cloud.google.com/terms/) and the [Google Cloud Platform
+   * Subject to the Deprecation
+   * Policy](https://cloud.google.com/terms/deprecation) documentation.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_DEPRECATED = 'DEPRECATED';
+  protected $collection_key = 'timeSeriesResourceHierarchyLevel';
+  /**
+   * The delay of data points caused by ingestion. Data points older than this
+   * age are guaranteed to be ingested and available to be read, excluding data
+   * loss due to errors.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $ingestDelay;
+  /**
+   * Deprecated. Must use the MetricDescriptor.launch_stage instead.
+   *
+   * @deprecated
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $launchStage;
+  /**
+   * The sampling period of metric data points. For metrics which are written
+   * periodically, consecutive data points are stored at this time interval,
+   * excluding data loss due to errors. Metrics with a higher granularity have a
+   * smaller sampling period.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $samplePeriod;
+  /**
+   * The scope of the timeseries data of the metric.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $timeSeriesResourceHierarchyLevel;
+
+  /**
+   * The delay of data points caused by ingestion. Data points older than this
+   * age are guaranteed to be ingested and available to be read, excluding data
+   * loss due to errors.
+   *
+   * @param string $ingestDelay
+   */
+  public function setIngestDelay($ingestDelay)
+  {
+    $this->ingestDelay = $ingestDelay;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getIngestDelay()
+  {
+    return $this->ingestDelay;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Deprecated. Must use the MetricDescriptor.launch_stage instead.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: LAUNCH_STAGE_UNSPECIFIED, UNIMPLEMENTED, PRELAUNCH,
+   * EARLY_ACCESS, ALPHA, BETA, GA, DEPRECATED
+   *
+   * @deprecated
+   * @param self::LAUNCH_STAGE_* $launchStage
+   */
+  public function setLaunchStage($launchStage)
+  {
+    $this->launchStage = $launchStage;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @deprecated
+   * @return self::LAUNCH_STAGE_*
+   */
+  public function getLaunchStage()
+  {
+    return $this->launchStage;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The sampling period of metric data points. For metrics which are written
+   * periodically, consecutive data points are stored at this time interval,
+   * excluding data loss due to errors. Metrics with a higher granularity have a
+   * smaller sampling period.
+   *
+   * @param string $samplePeriod
+   */
+  public function setSamplePeriod($samplePeriod)
+  {
+    $this->samplePeriod = $samplePeriod;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getSamplePeriod()
+  {
+    return $this->samplePeriod;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The scope of the timeseries data of the metric.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $timeSeriesResourceHierarchyLevel
+   */
+  public function setTimeSeriesResourceHierarchyLevel($timeSeriesResourceHierarchyLevel)
+  {
+    $this->timeSeriesResourceHierarchyLevel = $timeSeriesResourceHierarchyLevel;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getTimeSeriesResourceHierarchyLevel()
+  {
+    return $this->timeSeriesResourceHierarchyLevel;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(MetricDescriptorMetadata::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_MetricDescriptorMetadata');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/MetricRule.php

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class MetricRule extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Metrics to update when the selected methods are called, and the associated
+   * cost applied to each metric. The key of the map is the metric name, and the
+   * values are the amount increased for the metric against which the quota
+   * limits are defined. The value must not be negative.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $metricCosts;
+  /**
+   * Selects the methods to which this rule applies. Refer to selector for
+   * syntax details.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $selector;
+
+  /**
+   * Metrics to update when the selected methods are called, and the associated
+   * cost applied to each metric. The key of the map is the metric name, and the
+   * values are the amount increased for the metric against which the quota
+   * limits are defined. The value must not be negative.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $metricCosts
+   */
+  public function setMetricCosts($metricCosts)
+  {
+    $this->metricCosts = $metricCosts;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getMetricCosts()
+  {
+    return $this->metricCosts;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Selects the methods to which this rule applies. Refer to selector for
+   * syntax details.
+   *
+   * @param string $selector
+   */
+  public function setSelector($selector)
+  {
+    $this->selector = $selector;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getSelector()
+  {
+    return $this->selector;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(MetricRule::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_MetricRule');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/Mixin.php

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class Mixin extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The fully qualified name of the interface which is included.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $name;
+  /**
+   * If non-empty specifies a path under which inherited HTTP paths are rooted.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $root;
+
+  /**
+   * The fully qualified name of the interface which is included.
+   *
+   * @param string $name
+   */
+  public function setName($name)
+  {
+    $this->name = $name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getName()
+  {
+    return $this->name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * If non-empty specifies a path under which inherited HTTP paths are rooted.
+   *
+   * @param string $root
+   */
+  public function setRoot($root)
+  {
+    $this->root = $root;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getRoot()
+  {
+    return $this->root;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Mixin::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_Mixin');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/MonitoredResourceDescriptor.php

@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class MonitoredResourceDescriptor extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  /**
+   * Do not use this default value.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_LAUNCH_STAGE_UNSPECIFIED = 'LAUNCH_STAGE_UNSPECIFIED';
+  /**
+   * The feature is not yet implemented. Users can not use it.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_UNIMPLEMENTED = 'UNIMPLEMENTED';
+  /**
+   * Prelaunch features are hidden from users and are only visible internally.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_PRELAUNCH = 'PRELAUNCH';
+  /**
+   * Early Access features are limited to a closed group of testers. To use
+   * these features, you must sign up in advance and sign a Trusted Tester
+   * agreement (which includes confidentiality provisions). These features may
+   * be unstable, changed in backward-incompatible ways, and are not guaranteed
+   * to be released.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_EARLY_ACCESS = 'EARLY_ACCESS';
+  /**
+   * Alpha is a limited availability test for releases before they are cleared
+   * for widespread use. By Alpha, all significant design issues are resolved
+   * and we are in the process of verifying functionality. Alpha customers need
+   * to apply for access, agree to applicable terms, and have their projects
+   * allowlisted. Alpha releases don't have to be feature complete, no SLAs are
+   * provided, and there are no technical support obligations, but they will be
+   * far enough along that customers can actually use them in test environments
+   * or for limited-use tests -- just like they would in normal production
+   * cases.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_ALPHA = 'ALPHA';
+  /**
+   * Beta is the point at which we are ready to open a release for any customer
+   * to use. There are no SLA or technical support obligations in a Beta
+   * release. Products will be complete from a feature perspective, but may have
+   * some open outstanding issues. Beta releases are suitable for limited
+   * production use cases.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_BETA = 'BETA';
+  /**
+   * GA features are open to all developers and are considered stable and fully
+   * qualified for production use.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_GA = 'GA';
+  /**
+   * Deprecated features are scheduled to be shut down and removed. For more
+   * information, see the "Deprecation Policy" section of our [Terms of
+   * Service](https://cloud.google.com/terms/) and the [Google Cloud Platform
+   * Subject to the Deprecation
+   * Policy](https://cloud.google.com/terms/deprecation) documentation.
+   */
+  public const LAUNCH_STAGE_DEPRECATED = 'DEPRECATED';
+  protected $collection_key = 'labels';
+  /**
+   * Optional. A detailed description of the monitored resource type that might
+   * be used in documentation.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $description;
+  /**
+   * Optional. A concise name for the monitored resource type that might be
+   * displayed in user interfaces. It should be a Title Cased Noun Phrase,
+   * without any article or other determiners. For example, `"Google Cloud SQL
+   * Database"`.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $displayName;
+  protected $labelsType = LabelDescriptor::class;
+  protected $labelsDataType = 'array';
+  /**
+   * Optional. The launch stage of the monitored resource definition.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $launchStage;
+  /**
+   * Optional. The resource name of the monitored resource descriptor:
+   * `"projects/{project_id}/monitoredResourceDescriptors/{type}"` where {type}
+   * is the value of the `type` field in this object and {project_id} is a
+   * project ID that provides API-specific context for accessing the type. APIs
+   * that do not use project information can use the resource name format
+   * `"monitoredResourceDescriptors/{type}"`.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $name;
+  /**
+   * Required. The monitored resource type. For example, the type
+   * `"cloudsql_database"` represents databases in Google Cloud SQL. For a list
+   * of types, see [Monitored resource
+   * types](https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and [Logging
+   * resource types](https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-
+   * list).
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $type;
+
+  /**
+   * Optional. A detailed description of the monitored resource type that might
+   * be used in documentation.
+   *
+   * @param string $description
+   */
+  public function setDescription($description)
+  {
+    $this->description = $description;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getDescription()
+  {
+    return $this->description;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Optional. A concise name for the monitored resource type that might be
+   * displayed in user interfaces. It should be a Title Cased Noun Phrase,
+   * without any article or other determiners. For example, `"Google Cloud SQL
+   * Database"`.
+   *
+   * @param string $displayName
+   */
+  public function setDisplayName($displayName)
+  {
+    $this->displayName = $displayName;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getDisplayName()
+  {
+    return $this->displayName;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Required. A set of labels used to describe instances of this monitored
+   * resource type. For example, an individual Google Cloud SQL database is
+   * identified by values for the labels `"database_id"` and `"zone"`.
+   *
+   * @param LabelDescriptor[] $labels
+   */
+  public function setLabels($labels)
+  {
+    $this->labels = $labels;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return LabelDescriptor[]
+   */
+  public function getLabels()
+  {
+    return $this->labels;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Optional. The launch stage of the monitored resource definition.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: LAUNCH_STAGE_UNSPECIFIED, UNIMPLEMENTED, PRELAUNCH,
+   * EARLY_ACCESS, ALPHA, BETA, GA, DEPRECATED
+   *
+   * @param self::LAUNCH_STAGE_* $launchStage
+   */
+  public function setLaunchStage($launchStage)
+  {
+    $this->launchStage = $launchStage;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::LAUNCH_STAGE_*
+   */
+  public function getLaunchStage()
+  {
+    return $this->launchStage;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Optional. The resource name of the monitored resource descriptor:
+   * `"projects/{project_id}/monitoredResourceDescriptors/{type}"` where {type}
+   * is the value of the `type` field in this object and {project_id} is a
+   * project ID that provides API-specific context for accessing the type. APIs
+   * that do not use project information can use the resource name format
+   * `"monitoredResourceDescriptors/{type}"`.
+   *
+   * @param string $name
+   */
+  public function setName($name)
+  {
+    $this->name = $name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getName()
+  {
+    return $this->name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Required. The monitored resource type. For example, the type
+   * `"cloudsql_database"` represents databases in Google Cloud SQL. For a list
+   * of types, see [Monitored resource
+   * types](https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and [Logging
+   * resource types](https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-
+   * list).
+   *
+   * @param string $type
+   */
+  public function setType($type)
+  {
+    $this->type = $type;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getType()
+  {
+    return $this->type;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(MonitoredResourceDescriptor::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_MonitoredResourceDescriptor');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/Monitoring.php

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class Monitoring extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'producerDestinations';
+  protected $consumerDestinationsType = MonitoringDestination::class;
+  protected $consumerDestinationsDataType = 'array';
+  protected $producerDestinationsType = MonitoringDestination::class;
+  protected $producerDestinationsDataType = 'array';
+
+  /**
+   * Monitoring configurations for sending metrics to the consumer project.
+   * There can be multiple consumer destinations. A monitored resource type may
+   * appear in multiple monitoring destinations if different aggregations are
+   * needed for different sets of metrics associated with that monitored
+   * resource type. A monitored resource and metric pair may only be used once
+   * in the Monitoring configuration.
+   *
+   * @param MonitoringDestination[] $consumerDestinations
+   */
+  public function setConsumerDestinations($consumerDestinations)
+  {
+    $this->consumerDestinations = $consumerDestinations;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return MonitoringDestination[]
+   */
+  public function getConsumerDestinations()
+  {
+    return $this->consumerDestinations;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Monitoring configurations for sending metrics to the producer project.
+   * There can be multiple producer destinations. A monitored resource type may
+   * appear in multiple monitoring destinations if different aggregations are
+   * needed for different sets of metrics associated with that monitored
+   * resource type. A monitored resource and metric pair may only be used once
+   * in the Monitoring configuration.
+   *
+   * @param MonitoringDestination[] $producerDestinations
+   */
+  public function setProducerDestinations($producerDestinations)
+  {
+    $this->producerDestinations = $producerDestinations;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return MonitoringDestination[]
+   */
+  public function getProducerDestinations()
+  {
+    return $this->producerDestinations;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Monitoring::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_Monitoring');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/MonitoringDestination.php

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class MonitoringDestination extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'metrics';
+  /**
+   * Types of the metrics to report to this monitoring destination. Each type
+   * must be defined in Service.metrics section.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $metrics;
+  /**
+   * The monitored resource type. The type must be defined in
+   * Service.monitored_resources section.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $monitoredResource;
+
+  /**
+   * Types of the metrics to report to this monitoring destination. Each type
+   * must be defined in Service.metrics section.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $metrics
+   */
+  public function setMetrics($metrics)
+  {
+    $this->metrics = $metrics;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getMetrics()
+  {
+    return $this->metrics;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The monitored resource type. The type must be defined in
+   * Service.monitored_resources section.
+   *
+   * @param string $monitoredResource
+   */
+  public function setMonitoredResource($monitoredResource)
+  {
+    $this->monitoredResource = $monitoredResource;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getMonitoredResource()
+  {
+    return $this->monitoredResource;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(MonitoringDestination::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_MonitoringDestination');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/NodeSettings.php

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class NodeSettings extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $commonType = CommonLanguageSettings::class;
+  protected $commonDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * Some settings.
+   *
+   * @param CommonLanguageSettings $common
+   */
+  public function setCommon(CommonLanguageSettings $common)
+  {
+    $this->common = $common;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return CommonLanguageSettings
+   */
+  public function getCommon()
+  {
+    return $this->common;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(NodeSettings::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_NodeSettings');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/OAuthRequirements.php

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class OAuthRequirements extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The list of publicly documented OAuth scopes that are allowed access. An
+   * OAuth token containing any of these scopes will be accepted. Example:
+   * canonical_scopes: https://www.googleapis.com/auth/calendar,
+   * https://www.googleapis.com/auth/calendar.read
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $canonicalScopes;
+
+  /**
+   * The list of publicly documented OAuth scopes that are allowed access. An
+   * OAuth token containing any of these scopes will be accepted. Example:
+   * canonical_scopes: https://www.googleapis.com/auth/calendar,
+   * https://www.googleapis.com/auth/calendar.read
+   *
+   * @param string $canonicalScopes
+   */
+  public function setCanonicalScopes($canonicalScopes)
+  {
+    $this->canonicalScopes = $canonicalScopes;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getCanonicalScopes()
+  {
+    return $this->canonicalScopes;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(OAuthRequirements::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_OAuthRequirements');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/Operation.php

@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class Operation extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If
+   * `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is
+   * available.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $done;
+  protected $errorType = Status::class;
+  protected $errorDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically
+   * contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some
+   * services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-
+   * running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+   *
+   * @var array[]
+   */
+  public $metadata;
+  /**
+   * The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that
+   * originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name`
+   * should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $name;
+  /**
+   * The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method
+   * returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is
+   * `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard
+   * `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other
+   * methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is
+   * the original method name. For example, if the original method name is
+   * `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+   *
+   * @var array[]
+   */
+  public $response;
+
+  /**
+   * If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If
+   * `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is
+   * available.
+   *
+   * @param bool $done
+   */
+  public function setDone($done)
+  {
+    $this->done = $done;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getDone()
+  {
+    return $this->done;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+   *
+   * @param Status $error
+   */
+  public function setError(Status $error)
+  {
+    $this->error = $error;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Status
+   */
+  public function getError()
+  {
+    return $this->error;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically
+   * contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some
+   * services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-
+   * running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+   *
+   * @param array[] $metadata
+   */
+  public function setMetadata($metadata)
+  {
+    $this->metadata = $metadata;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return array[]
+   */
+  public function getMetadata()
+  {
+    return $this->metadata;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that
+   * originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name`
+   * should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+   *
+   * @param string $name
+   */
+  public function setName($name)
+  {
+    $this->name = $name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getName()
+  {
+    return $this->name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method
+   * returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is
+   * `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard
+   * `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other
+   * methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is
+   * the original method name. For example, if the original method name is
+   * `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+   *
+   * @param array[] $response
+   */
+  public function setResponse($response)
+  {
+    $this->response = $response;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return array[]
+   */
+  public function getResponse()
+  {
+    return $this->response;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Operation::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_Operation');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/Option.php

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class Option extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The option's name. For protobuf built-in options (options defined in
+   * descriptor.proto), this is the short name. For example, `"map_entry"`. For
+   * custom options, it should be the fully-qualified name. For example,
+   * `"google.api.http"`.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $name;
+  /**
+   * The option's value packed in an Any message. If the value is a primitive,
+   * the corresponding wrapper type defined in google/protobuf/wrappers.proto
+   * should be used. If the value is an enum, it should be stored as an int32
+   * value using the google.protobuf.Int32Value type.
+   *
+   * @var array[]
+   */
+  public $value;
+
+  /**
+   * The option's name. For protobuf built-in options (options defined in
+   * descriptor.proto), this is the short name. For example, `"map_entry"`. For
+   * custom options, it should be the fully-qualified name. For example,
+   * `"google.api.http"`.
+   *
+   * @param string $name
+   */
+  public function setName($name)
+  {
+    $this->name = $name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getName()
+  {
+    return $this->name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The option's value packed in an Any message. If the value is a primitive,
+   * the corresponding wrapper type defined in google/protobuf/wrappers.proto
+   * should be used. If the value is an enum, it should be stored as an int32
+   * value using the google.protobuf.Int32Value type.
+   *
+   * @param array[] $value
+   */
+  public function setValue($value)
+  {
+    $this->value = $value;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return array[]
+   */
+  public function getValue()
+  {
+    return $this->value;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Option::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_Option');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/Page.php

@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class Page extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'subpages';
+  /**
+   * The Markdown content of the page. You can use ```(== include {path} ==)```
+   * to include content from a Markdown file. The content can be used to produce
+   * the documentation page such as HTML format page.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $content;
+  /**
+   * The name of the page. It will be used as an identity of the page to
+   * generate URI of the page, text of the link to this page in navigation, etc.
+   * The full page name (start from the root page name to this page concatenated
+   * with `.`) can be used as reference to the page in your documentation. For
+   * example: pages: - name: Tutorial content: (== include tutorial.md ==)
+   * subpages: - name: Java content: (== include tutorial_java.md ==) You can
+   * reference `Java` page using Markdown reference link syntax: `Java`.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $name;
+  protected $subpagesType = Page::class;
+  protected $subpagesDataType = 'array';
+
+  /**
+   * The Markdown content of the page. You can use ```(== include {path} ==)```
+   * to include content from a Markdown file. The content can be used to produce
+   * the documentation page such as HTML format page.
+   *
+   * @param string $content
+   */
+  public function setContent($content)
+  {
+    $this->content = $content;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getContent()
+  {
+    return $this->content;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The name of the page. It will be used as an identity of the page to
+   * generate URI of the page, text of the link to this page in navigation, etc.
+   * The full page name (start from the root page name to this page concatenated
+   * with `.`) can be used as reference to the page in your documentation. For
+   * example: pages: - name: Tutorial content: (== include tutorial.md ==)
+   * subpages: - name: Java content: (== include tutorial_java.md ==) You can
+   * reference `Java` page using Markdown reference link syntax: `Java`.
+   *
+   * @param string $name
+   */
+  public function setName($name)
+  {
+    $this->name = $name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getName()
+  {
+    return $this->name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Subpages of this page. The order of subpages specified here will be honored
+   * in the generated docset.
+   *
+   * @param Page[] $subpages
+   */
+  public function setSubpages($subpages)
+  {
+    $this->subpages = $subpages;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Page[]
+   */
+  public function getSubpages()
+  {
+    return $this->subpages;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Page::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_Page');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/PhpSettings.php

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class PhpSettings extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $commonType = CommonLanguageSettings::class;
+  protected $commonDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The package name to use in Php. Clobbers the php_namespace option set in
+   * the protobuf. This should be used **only** by APIs who have already set the
+   * language_settings.php.package_name" field in gapic.yaml. API teams should
+   * use the protobuf php_namespace option where possible. Example of a YAML
+   * configuration:: publishing: library_settings: php_settings:
+   * library_package: Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $libraryPackage;
+
+  /**
+   * Some settings.
+   *
+   * @param CommonLanguageSettings $common
+   */
+  public function setCommon(CommonLanguageSettings $common)
+  {
+    $this->common = $common;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return CommonLanguageSettings
+   */
+  public function getCommon()
+  {
+    return $this->common;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The package name to use in Php. Clobbers the php_namespace option set in
+   * the protobuf. This should be used **only** by APIs who have already set the
+   * language_settings.php.package_name" field in gapic.yaml. API teams should
+   * use the protobuf php_namespace option where possible. Example of a YAML
+   * configuration:: publishing: library_settings: php_settings:
+   * library_package: Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
+   *
+   * @param string $libraryPackage
+   */
+  public function setLibraryPackage($libraryPackage)
+  {
+    $this->libraryPackage = $libraryPackage;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getLibraryPackage()
+  {
+    return $this->libraryPackage;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(PhpSettings::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_PhpSettings');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/PolicyBinding.php

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class PolicyBinding extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'members';
+  /**
+   * Uses the same format as in IAM policy. `member` must include both a prefix
+   * and ID. For example, `user:{emailId}`, `serviceAccount:{emailId}`,
+   * `group:{emailId}`.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $members;
+  /**
+   * Role. (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles) For example,
+   * `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $role;
+
+  /**
+   * Uses the same format as in IAM policy. `member` must include both a prefix
+   * and ID. For example, `user:{emailId}`, `serviceAccount:{emailId}`,
+   * `group:{emailId}`.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $members
+   */
+  public function setMembers($members)
+  {
+    $this->members = $members;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getMembers()
+  {
+    return $this->members;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Role. (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles) For example,
+   * `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+   *
+   * @param string $role
+   */
+  public function setRole($role)
+  {
+    $this->role = $role;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getRole()
+  {
+    return $this->role;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(PolicyBinding::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_PolicyBinding');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/Publishing.php

@@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class Publishing extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  /**
+   * Not useful.
+   */
+  public const ORGANIZATION_CLIENT_LIBRARY_ORGANIZATION_UNSPECIFIED = 'CLIENT_LIBRARY_ORGANIZATION_UNSPECIFIED';
+  /**
+   * Google Cloud Platform Org.
+   */
+  public const ORGANIZATION_CLOUD = 'CLOUD';
+  /**
+   * Ads (Advertising) Org.
+   */
+  public const ORGANIZATION_ADS = 'ADS';
+  /**
+   * Photos Org.
+   */
+  public const ORGANIZATION_PHOTOS = 'PHOTOS';
+  /**
+   * Street View Org.
+   */
+  public const ORGANIZATION_STREET_VIEW = 'STREET_VIEW';
+  /**
+   * Shopping Org.
+   */
+  public const ORGANIZATION_SHOPPING = 'SHOPPING';
+  /**
+   * Geo Org.
+   */
+  public const ORGANIZATION_GEO = 'GEO';
+  /**
+   * Generative AI - https://developers.generativeai.google
+   */
+  public const ORGANIZATION_GENERATIVE_AI = 'GENERATIVE_AI';
+  protected $collection_key = 'methodSettings';
+  /**
+   * Used as a tracking tag when collecting data about the APIs developer
+   * relations artifacts like docs, packages delivered to package managers, etc.
+   * Example: "speech".
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $apiShortName;
+  /**
+   * GitHub teams to be added to CODEOWNERS in the directory in GitHub
+   * containing source code for the client libraries for this API.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $codeownerGithubTeams;
+  /**
+   * A prefix used in sample code when demarking regions to be included in
+   * documentation.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $docTagPrefix;
+  /**
+   * Link to product home page. Example: https://cloud.google.com/asset-
+   * inventory/docs/overview
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $documentationUri;
+  /**
+   * GitHub label to apply to issues and pull requests opened for this API.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $githubLabel;
+  protected $librarySettingsType = ClientLibrarySettings::class;
+  protected $librarySettingsDataType = 'array';
+  protected $methodSettingsType = MethodSettings::class;
+  protected $methodSettingsDataType = 'array';
+  /**
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $newIssueUri;
+  /**
+   * For whom the client library is being published.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $organization;
+  /**
+   * Optional link to proto reference documentation. Example:
+   * https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/lite/docs/reference/rpc
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $protoReferenceDocumentationUri;
+  /**
+   * Optional link to REST reference documentation. Example:
+   * https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/lite/docs/reference/rest
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $restReferenceDocumentationUri;
+
+  /**
+   * Used as a tracking tag when collecting data about the APIs developer
+   * relations artifacts like docs, packages delivered to package managers, etc.
+   * Example: "speech".
+   *
+   * @param string $apiShortName
+   */
+  public function setApiShortName($apiShortName)
+  {
+    $this->apiShortName = $apiShortName;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getApiShortName()
+  {
+    return $this->apiShortName;
+  }
+  /**
+   * GitHub teams to be added to CODEOWNERS in the directory in GitHub
+   * containing source code for the client libraries for this API.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $codeownerGithubTeams
+   */
+  public function setCodeownerGithubTeams($codeownerGithubTeams)
+  {
+    $this->codeownerGithubTeams = $codeownerGithubTeams;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getCodeownerGithubTeams()
+  {
+    return $this->codeownerGithubTeams;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A prefix used in sample code when demarking regions to be included in
+   * documentation.
+   *
+   * @param string $docTagPrefix
+   */
+  public function setDocTagPrefix($docTagPrefix)
+  {
+    $this->docTagPrefix = $docTagPrefix;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getDocTagPrefix()
+  {
+    return $this->docTagPrefix;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Link to product home page. Example: https://cloud.google.com/asset-
+   * inventory/docs/overview
+   *
+   * @param string $documentationUri
+   */
+  public function setDocumentationUri($documentationUri)
+  {
+    $this->documentationUri = $documentationUri;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getDocumentationUri()
+  {
+    return $this->documentationUri;
+  }
+  /**
+   * GitHub label to apply to issues and pull requests opened for this API.
+   *
+   * @param string $githubLabel
+   */
+  public function setGithubLabel($githubLabel)
+  {
+    $this->githubLabel = $githubLabel;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getGithubLabel()
+  {
+    return $this->githubLabel;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Client library settings. If the same version string appears multiple times
+   * in this list, then the last one wins. Settings from earlier settings with
+   * the same version string are discarded.
+   *
+   * @param ClientLibrarySettings[] $librarySettings
+   */
+  public function setLibrarySettings($librarySettings)
+  {
+    $this->librarySettings = $librarySettings;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return ClientLibrarySettings[]
+   */
+  public function getLibrarySettings()
+  {
+    return $this->librarySettings;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A list of API method settings, e.g. the behavior for methods that use the
+   * long-running operation pattern.
+   *
+   * @param MethodSettings[] $methodSettings
+   */
+  public function setMethodSettings($methodSettings)
+  {
+    $this->methodSettings = $methodSettings;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return MethodSettings[]
+   */
+  public function getMethodSettings()
+  {
+    return $this->methodSettings;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @param string $newIssueUri
+   */
+  public function setNewIssueUri($newIssueUri)
+  {
+    $this->newIssueUri = $newIssueUri;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getNewIssueUri()
+  {
+    return $this->newIssueUri;
+  }
+  /**
+   * For whom the client library is being published.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: CLIENT_LIBRARY_ORGANIZATION_UNSPECIFIED, CLOUD, ADS,
+   * PHOTOS, STREET_VIEW, SHOPPING, GEO, GENERATIVE_AI
+   *
+   * @param self::ORGANIZATION_* $organization
+   */
+  public function setOrganization($organization)
+  {
+    $this->organization = $organization;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::ORGANIZATION_*
+   */
+  public function getOrganization()
+  {
+    return $this->organization;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Optional link to proto reference documentation. Example:
+   * https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/lite/docs/reference/rpc
+   *
+   * @param string $protoReferenceDocumentationUri
+   */
+  public function setProtoReferenceDocumentationUri($protoReferenceDocumentationUri)
+  {
+    $this->protoReferenceDocumentationUri = $protoReferenceDocumentationUri;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getProtoReferenceDocumentationUri()
+  {
+    return $this->protoReferenceDocumentationUri;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Optional link to REST reference documentation. Example:
+   * https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/lite/docs/reference/rest
+   *
+   * @param string $restReferenceDocumentationUri
+   */
+  public function setRestReferenceDocumentationUri($restReferenceDocumentationUri)
+  {
+    $this->restReferenceDocumentationUri = $restReferenceDocumentationUri;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getRestReferenceDocumentationUri()
+  {
+    return $this->restReferenceDocumentationUri;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Publishing::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_Publishing');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/PythonSettings.php

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class PythonSettings extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $commonType = CommonLanguageSettings::class;
+  protected $commonDataType = '';
+  protected $experimentalFeaturesType = ExperimentalFeatures::class;
+  protected $experimentalFeaturesDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * Some settings.
+   *
+   * @param CommonLanguageSettings $common
+   */
+  public function setCommon(CommonLanguageSettings $common)
+  {
+    $this->common = $common;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return CommonLanguageSettings
+   */
+  public function getCommon()
+  {
+    return $this->common;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Experimental features to be included during client library generation.
+   *
+   * @param ExperimentalFeatures $experimentalFeatures
+   */
+  public function setExperimentalFeatures(ExperimentalFeatures $experimentalFeatures)
+  {
+    $this->experimentalFeatures = $experimentalFeatures;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return ExperimentalFeatures
+   */
+  public function getExperimentalFeatures()
+  {
+    return $this->experimentalFeatures;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(PythonSettings::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_PythonSettings');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/Quota.php

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class Quota extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'metricRules';
+  protected $limitsType = QuotaLimit::class;
+  protected $limitsDataType = 'array';
+  protected $metricRulesType = MetricRule::class;
+  protected $metricRulesDataType = 'array';
+
+  /**
+   * List of QuotaLimit definitions for the service.
+   *
+   * @param QuotaLimit[] $limits
+   */
+  public function setLimits($limits)
+  {
+    $this->limits = $limits;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return QuotaLimit[]
+   */
+  public function getLimits()
+  {
+    return $this->limits;
+  }
+  /**
+   * List of MetricRule definitions, each one mapping a selected method to one
+   * or more metrics.
+   *
+   * @param MetricRule[] $metricRules
+   */
+  public function setMetricRules($metricRules)
+  {
+    $this->metricRules = $metricRules;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return MetricRule[]
+   */
+  public function getMetricRules()
+  {
+    return $this->metricRules;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Quota::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_Quota');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/QuotaLimit.php

@@ -0,0 +1,310 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class QuotaLimit extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Default number of tokens that can be consumed during the specified
+   * duration. This is the number of tokens assigned when a client application
+   * developer activates the service for his/her project. Specifying a value of
+   * 0 will block all requests. This can be used if you are provisioning quota
+   * to selected consumers and blocking others. Similarly, a value of -1 will
+   * indicate an unlimited quota. No other negative values are allowed. Used by
+   * group-based quotas only.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $defaultLimit;
+  /**
+   * Optional. User-visible, extended description for this quota limit. Should
+   * be used only when more context is needed to understand this limit than
+   * provided by the limit's display name (see: `display_name`).
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $description;
+  /**
+   * User-visible display name for this limit. Optional. If not set, the UI will
+   * provide a default display name based on the quota configuration. This field
+   * can be used to override the default display name generated from the
+   * configuration.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $displayName;
+  /**
+   * Duration of this limit in textual notation. Must be "100s" or "1d". Used by
+   * group-based quotas only.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $duration;
+  /**
+   * Free tier value displayed in the Developers Console for this limit. The
+   * free tier is the number of tokens that will be subtracted from the billed
+   * amount when billing is enabled. This field can only be set on a limit with
+   * duration "1d", in a billable group; it is invalid on any other limit. If
+   * this field is not set, it defaults to 0, indicating that there is no free
+   * tier for this service. Used by group-based quotas only.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $freeTier;
+  /**
+   * Maximum number of tokens that can be consumed during the specified
+   * duration. Client application developers can override the default limit up
+   * to this maximum. If specified, this value cannot be set to a value less
+   * than the default limit. If not specified, it is set to the default limit.
+   * To allow clients to apply overrides with no upper bound, set this to -1,
+   * indicating unlimited maximum quota. Used by group-based quotas only.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $maxLimit;
+  /**
+   * The name of the metric this quota limit applies to. The quota limits with
+   * the same metric will be checked together during runtime. The metric must be
+   * defined within the service config.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $metric;
+  /**
+   * Name of the quota limit. The name must be provided, and it must be unique
+   * within the service. The name can only include alphanumeric characters as
+   * well as '-'. The maximum length of the limit name is 64 characters.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $name;
+  /**
+   * Specify the unit of the quota limit. It uses the same syntax as
+   * MetricDescriptor.unit. The supported unit kinds are determined by the quota
+   * backend system. Here are some examples: * "1/min/{project}" for quota per
+   * minute per project. Note: the order of unit components is insignificant.
+   * The "1" at the beginning is required to follow the metric unit syntax.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $unit;
+  /**
+   * Tiered limit values. You must specify this as a key:value pair, with an
+   * integer value that is the maximum number of requests allowed for the
+   * specified unit. Currently only STANDARD is supported.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $values;
+
+  /**
+   * Default number of tokens that can be consumed during the specified
+   * duration. This is the number of tokens assigned when a client application
+   * developer activates the service for his/her project. Specifying a value of
+   * 0 will block all requests. This can be used if you are provisioning quota
+   * to selected consumers and blocking others. Similarly, a value of -1 will
+   * indicate an unlimited quota. No other negative values are allowed. Used by
+   * group-based quotas only.
+   *
+   * @param string $defaultLimit
+   */
+  public function setDefaultLimit($defaultLimit)
+  {
+    $this->defaultLimit = $defaultLimit;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getDefaultLimit()
+  {
+    return $this->defaultLimit;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Optional. User-visible, extended description for this quota limit. Should
+   * be used only when more context is needed to understand this limit than
+   * provided by the limit's display name (see: `display_name`).
+   *
+   * @param string $description
+   */
+  public function setDescription($description)
+  {
+    $this->description = $description;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getDescription()
+  {
+    return $this->description;
+  }
+  /**
+   * User-visible display name for this limit. Optional. If not set, the UI will
+   * provide a default display name based on the quota configuration. This field
+   * can be used to override the default display name generated from the
+   * configuration.
+   *
+   * @param string $displayName
+   */
+  public function setDisplayName($displayName)
+  {
+    $this->displayName = $displayName;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getDisplayName()
+  {
+    return $this->displayName;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Duration of this limit in textual notation. Must be "100s" or "1d". Used by
+   * group-based quotas only.
+   *
+   * @param string $duration
+   */
+  public function setDuration($duration)
+  {
+    $this->duration = $duration;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getDuration()
+  {
+    return $this->duration;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Free tier value displayed in the Developers Console for this limit. The
+   * free tier is the number of tokens that will be subtracted from the billed
+   * amount when billing is enabled. This field can only be set on a limit with
+   * duration "1d", in a billable group; it is invalid on any other limit. If
+   * this field is not set, it defaults to 0, indicating that there is no free
+   * tier for this service. Used by group-based quotas only.
+   *
+   * @param string $freeTier
+   */
+  public function setFreeTier($freeTier)
+  {
+    $this->freeTier = $freeTier;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getFreeTier()
+  {
+    return $this->freeTier;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Maximum number of tokens that can be consumed during the specified
+   * duration. Client application developers can override the default limit up
+   * to this maximum. If specified, this value cannot be set to a value less
+   * than the default limit. If not specified, it is set to the default limit.
+   * To allow clients to apply overrides with no upper bound, set this to -1,
+   * indicating unlimited maximum quota. Used by group-based quotas only.
+   *
+   * @param string $maxLimit
+   */
+  public function setMaxLimit($maxLimit)
+  {
+    $this->maxLimit = $maxLimit;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getMaxLimit()
+  {
+    return $this->maxLimit;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The name of the metric this quota limit applies to. The quota limits with
+   * the same metric will be checked together during runtime. The metric must be
+   * defined within the service config.
+   *
+   * @param string $metric
+   */
+  public function setMetric($metric)
+  {
+    $this->metric = $metric;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getMetric()
+  {
+    return $this->metric;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Name of the quota limit. The name must be provided, and it must be unique
+   * within the service. The name can only include alphanumeric characters as
+   * well as '-'. The maximum length of the limit name is 64 characters.
+   *
+   * @param string $name
+   */
+  public function setName($name)
+  {
+    $this->name = $name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getName()
+  {
+    return $this->name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Specify the unit of the quota limit. It uses the same syntax as
+   * MetricDescriptor.unit. The supported unit kinds are determined by the quota
+   * backend system. Here are some examples: * "1/min/{project}" for quota per
+   * minute per project. Note: the order of unit components is insignificant.
+   * The "1" at the beginning is required to follow the metric unit syntax.
+   *
+   * @param string $unit
+   */
+  public function setUnit($unit)
+  {
+    $this->unit = $unit;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getUnit()
+  {
+    return $this->unit;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Tiered limit values. You must specify this as a key:value pair, with an
+   * integer value that is the maximum number of requests allowed for the
+   * specified unit. Currently only STANDARD is supported.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $values
+   */
+  public function setValues($values)
+  {
+    $this->values = $values;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getValues()
+  {
+    return $this->values;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(QuotaLimit::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_QuotaLimit');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/RemoveTenantProjectRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class RemoveTenantProjectRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Required. Tag of the resource within the tenancy unit.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $tag;
+
+  /**
+   * Required. Tag of the resource within the tenancy unit.
+   *
+   * @param string $tag
+   */
+  public function setTag($tag)
+  {
+    $this->tag = $tag;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getTag()
+  {
+    return $this->tag;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(RemoveTenantProjectRequest::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_RemoveTenantProjectRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/Resource/Operations.php

@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement\Resource;
+
+use Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement\CancelOperationRequest;
+use Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement\ListOperationsResponse;
+use Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement\Operation;
+use Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement\ServiceconsumermanagementEmpty;
+
+/**
+ * The "operations" collection of methods.
+ * Typical usage is:
+ *  <code>
+ *   $serviceconsumermanagementService = new Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement(...);
+ *   $operations = $serviceconsumermanagementService->operations;
+ *  </code>
+ */
+class Operations extends \Google\Service\Resource
+{
+  /**
+   * Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server
+   * makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed.
+   * If the server doesn't support this method, it returns
+   * `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or
+   * other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the
+   * operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the
+   * operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an
+   * Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to
+   * `Code.CANCELLED`. (operations.cancel)
+   *
+   * @param string $name The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.
+   * @param CancelOperationRequest $postBody
+   * @param array $optParams Optional parameters.
+   * @return ServiceconsumermanagementEmpty
+   * @throws \Google\Service\Exception
+   */
+  public function cancel($name, CancelOperationRequest $postBody, $optParams = [])
+  {
+    $params = ['name' => $name, 'postBody' => $postBody];
+    $params = array_merge($params, $optParams);
+    return $this->call('cancel', [$params], ServiceconsumermanagementEmpty::class);
+  }
+  /**
+   * Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no
+   * longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation.
+   * If the server doesn't support this method, it returns
+   * `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. (operations.delete)
+   *
+   * @param string $name The name of the operation resource to be deleted.
+   * @param array $optParams Optional parameters.
+   * @return ServiceconsumermanagementEmpty
+   * @throws \Google\Service\Exception
+   */
+  public function delete($name, $optParams = [])
+  {
+    $params = ['name' => $name];
+    $params = array_merge($params, $optParams);
+    return $this->call('delete', [$params], ServiceconsumermanagementEmpty::class);
+  }
+  /**
+   * Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this
+   * method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API
+   * service. (operations.get)
+   *
+   * @param string $name The name of the operation resource.
+   * @param array $optParams Optional parameters.
+   * @return Operation
+   * @throws \Google\Service\Exception
+   */
+  public function get($name, $optParams = [])
+  {
+    $params = ['name' => $name];
+    $params = array_merge($params, $optParams);
+    return $this->call('get', [$params], Operation::class);
+  }
+  /**
+   * Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the
+   * server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+   * (operations.listOperations)
+   *
+   * @param string $name The name of the operation's parent resource.
+   * @param array $optParams Optional parameters.
+   *
+   * @opt_param string filter The standard list filter.
+   * @opt_param int pageSize The standard list page size.
+   * @opt_param string pageToken The standard list page token.
+   * @opt_param bool returnPartialSuccess When set to `true`, operations that are
+   * reachable are returned as normal, and those that are unreachable are returned
+   * in the [ListOperationsResponse.unreachable] field. This can only be `true`
+   * when reading across collections e.g. when `parent` is set to
+   * `"projects/example/locations/-"`. This field is not by default supported and
+   * will result in an `UNIMPLEMENTED` error if set unless explicitly documented
+   * otherwise in service or product specific documentation.
+   * @return ListOperationsResponse
+   * @throws \Google\Service\Exception
+   */
+  public function listOperations($name, $optParams = [])
+  {
+    $params = ['name' => $name];
+    $params = array_merge($params, $optParams);
+    return $this->call('list', [$params], ListOperationsResponse::class);
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Operations::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_Resource_Operations');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/Resource/Services.php

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement\Resource;
+
+use Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement\SearchTenancyUnitsResponse;
+
+/**
+ * The "services" collection of methods.
+ * Typical usage is:
+ *  <code>
+ *   $serviceconsumermanagementService = new Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement(...);
+ *   $services = $serviceconsumermanagementService->services;
+ *  </code>
+ */
+class Services extends \Google\Service\Resource
+{
+  /**
+   * Search tenancy units for a managed service. (services.search)
+   *
+   * @param string $parent Required. Service for which search is performed.
+   * services/{service} {service} the name of a service, for example
+   * 'service.googleapis.com'.
+   * @param array $optParams Optional parameters.
+   *
+   * @opt_param int pageSize Optional. The maximum number of results returned by
+   * this request. Currently, the default maximum is set to 1000. If `page_size`
+   * isn't provided or the size provided is a number larger than 1000, it's
+   * automatically set to 1000.
+   * @opt_param string pageToken Optional. The continuation token, which is used
+   * to page through large result sets. To get the next page of results, set this
+   * parameter to the value of `nextPageToken` from the previous response.
+   * @opt_param string query Optional. Set a query `{expression}` for querying
+   * tenancy units. Your `{expression}` must be in the format:
+   * `field_name=literal_string`. The `field_name` is the name of the field you
+   * want to compare. Supported fields are `tenant_resources.tag` and
+   * `tenant_resources.resource`. For example, to search tenancy units that
+   * contain at least one tenant resource with a given tag 'xyz', use the query
+   * `tenant_resources.tag=xyz`. To search tenancy units that contain at least one
+   * tenant resource with a given resource name 'projects/123456', use the query
+   * `tenant_resources.resource=projects/123456`. Multiple expressions can be
+   * joined with `AND`s. Tenancy units must match all expressions to be included
+   * in the result set. For example, `tenant_resources.tag=xyz AND
+   * tenant_resources.resource=projects/123456`
+   * @return SearchTenancyUnitsResponse
+   * @throws \Google\Service\Exception
+   */
+  public function search($parent, $optParams = [])
+  {
+    $params = ['parent' => $parent];
+    $params = array_merge($params, $optParams);
+    return $this->call('search', [$params], SearchTenancyUnitsResponse::class);
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Services::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_Resource_Services');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/Resource/ServicesTenancyUnits.php

@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement\Resource;
+
+use Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement\AddTenantProjectRequest;
+use Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement\ApplyTenantProjectConfigRequest;
+use Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement\AttachTenantProjectRequest;
+use Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement\CreateTenancyUnitRequest;
+use Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement\DeleteTenantProjectRequest;
+use Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement\ListTenancyUnitsResponse;
+use Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement\Operation;
+use Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement\RemoveTenantProjectRequest;
+use Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement\TenancyUnit;
+use Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement\UndeleteTenantProjectRequest;
+
+/**
+ * The "tenancyUnits" collection of methods.
+ * Typical usage is:
+ *  <code>
+ *   $serviceconsumermanagementService = new Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement(...);
+ *   $tenancyUnits = $serviceconsumermanagementService->services_tenancyUnits;
+ *  </code>
+ */
+class ServicesTenancyUnits extends \Google\Service\Resource
+{
+  /**
+   * Add a new tenant project to the tenancy unit. There can be a maximum of 1024
+   * tenant projects in a tenancy unit. If there are previously failed
+   * `AddTenantProject` calls, you might need to call `RemoveTenantProject` first
+   * to resolve them before you can make another call to `AddTenantProject` with
+   * the same tag. Operation. (tenancyUnits.addProject)
+   *
+   * @param string $parent Required. Name of the tenancy unit. Such as
+   * 'services/service.googleapis.com/projects/12345/tenancyUnits/abcd'.
+   * @param AddTenantProjectRequest $postBody
+   * @param array $optParams Optional parameters.
+   * @return Operation
+   * @throws \Google\Service\Exception
+   */
+  public function addProject($parent, AddTenantProjectRequest $postBody, $optParams = [])
+  {
+    $params = ['parent' => $parent, 'postBody' => $postBody];
+    $params = array_merge($params, $optParams);
+    return $this->call('addProject', [$params], Operation::class);
+  }
+  /**
+   * Apply a configuration to an existing tenant project. This project must exist
+   * in an active state and have the original owner account. The caller must have
+   * permission to add a project to the given tenancy unit. The configuration is
+   * applied, but any existing settings on the project aren't modified. Specified
+   * policy bindings are applied. Existing bindings aren't modified. Specified
+   * services are activated. No service is deactivated. If specified, new billing
+   * configuration is applied. Omit a billing configuration to keep the existing
+   * one. A service account in the project is created if previously non existed.
+   * Specified labels will be appended to tenant project, note that the value of
+   * existing label key will be updated if the same label key is requested. The
+   * specified folder is ignored, as moving a tenant project to a different folder
+   * isn't supported. The operation fails if any of the steps fail, but no
+   * rollback of already applied configuration changes is attempted. Operation.
+   * (tenancyUnits.applyProjectConfig)
+   *
+   * @param string $name Required. Name of the tenancy unit. Such as
+   * 'services/service.googleapis.com/projects/12345/tenancyUnits/abcd'.
+   * @param ApplyTenantProjectConfigRequest $postBody
+   * @param array $optParams Optional parameters.
+   * @return Operation
+   * @throws \Google\Service\Exception
+   */
+  public function applyProjectConfig($name, ApplyTenantProjectConfigRequest $postBody, $optParams = [])
+  {
+    $params = ['name' => $name, 'postBody' => $postBody];
+    $params = array_merge($params, $optParams);
+    return $this->call('applyProjectConfig', [$params], Operation::class);
+  }
+  /**
+   * Attach an existing project to the tenancy unit as a new tenant resource. The
+   * project could either be the tenant project reserved by calling
+   * `AddTenantProject` under a tenancy unit of a service producer's project of a
+   * managed service, or from a separate project. The caller is checked against a
+   * set of permissions as if calling `AddTenantProject` on the same service
+   * consumer. To trigger the attachment, the targeted tenant project must be in a
+   * folder. Make sure the ServiceConsumerManagement service account is the owner
+   * of that project. These two requirements are already met if the project is
+   * reserved by calling `AddTenantProject`. Operation.
+   * (tenancyUnits.attachProject)
+   *
+   * @param string $name Required. Name of the tenancy unit that the project will
+   * be attached to. Such as
+   * 'services/service.googleapis.com/projects/12345/tenancyUnits/abcd'.
+   * @param AttachTenantProjectRequest $postBody
+   * @param array $optParams Optional parameters.
+   * @return Operation
+   * @throws \Google\Service\Exception
+   */
+  public function attachProject($name, AttachTenantProjectRequest $postBody, $optParams = [])
+  {
+    $params = ['name' => $name, 'postBody' => $postBody];
+    $params = array_merge($params, $optParams);
+    return $this->call('attachProject', [$params], Operation::class);
+  }
+  /**
+   * Creates a tenancy unit with no tenant resources. If tenancy unit already
+   * exists, it will be returned, however, in this case, returned TenancyUnit does
+   * not have tenant_resources field set and ListTenancyUnits has to be used to
+   * get a complete TenancyUnit with all fields populated. (tenancyUnits.create)
+   *
+   * @param string $parent Required. services/{service}/{collection id}/{resource
+   * id} {collection id} is the cloud resource collection type representing the
+   * service consumer, for example 'projects', or 'organizations'. {resource id}
+   * is the consumer numeric id, such as project number: '123456'. {service} the
+   * name of a managed service, such as 'service.googleapis.com'. Enables service
+   * binding using the new tenancy unit.
+   * @param CreateTenancyUnitRequest $postBody
+   * @param array $optParams Optional parameters.
+   * @return TenancyUnit
+   * @throws \Google\Service\Exception
+   */
+  public function create($parent, CreateTenancyUnitRequest $postBody, $optParams = [])
+  {
+    $params = ['parent' => $parent, 'postBody' => $postBody];
+    $params = array_merge($params, $optParams);
+    return $this->call('create', [$params], TenancyUnit::class);
+  }
+  /**
+   * Delete a tenancy unit. Before you delete the tenancy unit, there should be no
+   * tenant resources in it that aren't in a DELETED state. Operation.
+   * (tenancyUnits.delete)
+   *
+   * @param string $name Required. Name of the tenancy unit to be deleted.
+   * @param array $optParams Optional parameters.
+   * @return Operation
+   * @throws \Google\Service\Exception
+   */
+  public function delete($name, $optParams = [])
+  {
+    $params = ['name' => $name];
+    $params = array_merge($params, $optParams);
+    return $this->call('delete', [$params], Operation::class);
+  }
+  /**
+   * Deletes the specified project resource identified by a tenant resource tag.
+   * The mothod removes a project lien with a 'TenantManager' origin if that was
+   * added. It will then attempt to delete the project. If that operation fails,
+   * this method also fails. After the project has been deleted, the tenant
+   * resource state is set to DELETED. To permanently remove resource metadata,
+   * call the `RemoveTenantProject` method. New resources with the same tag can't
+   * be added if there are existing resources in a DELETED state. Operation.
+   * (tenancyUnits.deleteProject)
+   *
+   * @param string $name Required. Name of the tenancy unit. Such as
+   * 'services/service.googleapis.com/projects/12345/tenancyUnits/abcd'.
+   * @param DeleteTenantProjectRequest $postBody
+   * @param array $optParams Optional parameters.
+   * @return Operation
+   * @throws \Google\Service\Exception
+   */
+  public function deleteProject($name, DeleteTenantProjectRequest $postBody, $optParams = [])
+  {
+    $params = ['name' => $name, 'postBody' => $postBody];
+    $params = array_merge($params, $optParams);
+    return $this->call('deleteProject', [$params], Operation::class);
+  }
+  /**
+   * Find the tenancy unit for a managed service and service consumer. This method
+   * shouldn't be used in a service producer's runtime path, for example to find
+   * the tenant project number when creating VMs. Service producers must persist
+   * the tenant project's information after the project is created.
+   * (tenancyUnits.listServicesTenancyUnits)
+   *
+   * @param string $parent Required. Managed service and service consumer.
+   * Required. services/{service}/{collection id}/{resource id} {collection id} is
+   * the cloud resource collection type representing the service consumer, for
+   * example 'projects', or 'organizations'. {resource id} is the consumer numeric
+   * id, such as project number: '123456'. {service} the name of a service, such
+   * as 'service.googleapis.com'.
+   * @param array $optParams Optional parameters.
+   *
+   * @opt_param string filter Optional. Filter expression over tenancy resources
+   * field. Optional.
+   * @opt_param int pageSize Optional. The maximum number of results returned by
+   * this request.
+   * @opt_param string pageToken Optional. The continuation token, which is used
+   * to page through large result sets. To get the next page of results, set this
+   * parameter to the value of `nextPageToken` from the previous response.
+   * @return ListTenancyUnitsResponse
+   * @throws \Google\Service\Exception
+   */
+  public function listServicesTenancyUnits($parent, $optParams = [])
+  {
+    $params = ['parent' => $parent];
+    $params = array_merge($params, $optParams);
+    return $this->call('list', [$params], ListTenancyUnitsResponse::class);
+  }
+  /**
+   * Removes the specified project resource identified by a tenant resource tag.
+   * The method removes the project lien with 'TenantManager' origin if that was
+   * added. It then attempts to delete the project. If that operation fails, this
+   * method also fails. Calls to remove already removed or non-existent tenant
+   * project succeed. After the project has been deleted, or if was already in a
+   * DELETED state, resource metadata is permanently removed from the tenancy
+   * unit. Operation. (tenancyUnits.removeProject)
+   *
+   * @param string $name Required. Name of the tenancy unit. Such as
+   * 'services/service.googleapis.com/projects/12345/tenancyUnits/abcd'.
+   * @param RemoveTenantProjectRequest $postBody
+   * @param array $optParams Optional parameters.
+   * @return Operation
+   * @throws \Google\Service\Exception
+   */
+  public function removeProject($name, RemoveTenantProjectRequest $postBody, $optParams = [])
+  {
+    $params = ['name' => $name, 'postBody' => $postBody];
+    $params = array_merge($params, $optParams);
+    return $this->call('removeProject', [$params], Operation::class);
+  }
+  /**
+   * Attempts to undelete a previously deleted tenant project. The project must be
+   * in a DELETED state. There are no guarantees that an undeleted project will be
+   * in a fully restored and functional state. Call the `ApplyTenantProjectConfig`
+   * method to update its configuration and then validate all managed service
+   * resources. Operation. (tenancyUnits.undeleteProject)
+   *
+   * @param string $name Required. Name of the tenancy unit. Such as
+   * 'services/service.googleapis.com/projects/12345/tenancyUnits/abcd'.
+   * @param UndeleteTenantProjectRequest $postBody
+   * @param array $optParams Optional parameters.
+   * @return Operation
+   * @throws \Google\Service\Exception
+   */
+  public function undeleteProject($name, UndeleteTenantProjectRequest $postBody, $optParams = [])
+  {
+    $params = ['name' => $name, 'postBody' => $postBody];
+    $params = array_merge($params, $optParams);
+    return $this->call('undeleteProject', [$params], Operation::class);
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(ServicesTenancyUnits::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_Resource_ServicesTenancyUnits');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/RubySettings.php

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class RubySettings extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $commonType = CommonLanguageSettings::class;
+  protected $commonDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * Some settings.
+   *
+   * @param CommonLanguageSettings $common
+   */
+  public function setCommon(CommonLanguageSettings $common)
+  {
+    $this->common = $common;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return CommonLanguageSettings
+   */
+  public function getCommon()
+  {
+    return $this->common;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(RubySettings::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_RubySettings');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/SearchTenancyUnitsResponse.php

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class SearchTenancyUnitsResponse extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'tenancyUnits';
+  /**
+   * Pagination token for large results.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $nextPageToken;
+  protected $tenancyUnitsType = TenancyUnit::class;
+  protected $tenancyUnitsDataType = 'array';
+
+  /**
+   * Pagination token for large results.
+   *
+   * @param string $nextPageToken
+   */
+  public function setNextPageToken($nextPageToken)
+  {
+    $this->nextPageToken = $nextPageToken;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getNextPageToken()
+  {
+    return $this->nextPageToken;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Tenancy Units matching the request.
+   *
+   * @param TenancyUnit[] $tenancyUnits
+   */
+  public function setTenancyUnits($tenancyUnits)
+  {
+    $this->tenancyUnits = $tenancyUnits;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TenancyUnit[]
+   */
+  public function getTenancyUnits()
+  {
+    return $this->tenancyUnits;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(SearchTenancyUnitsResponse::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_SearchTenancyUnitsResponse');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/SelectiveGapicGeneration.php

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class SelectiveGapicGeneration extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'methods';
+  /**
+   * Setting this to true indicates to the client generators that methods that
+   * would be excluded from the generation should instead be generated in a way
+   * that indicates these methods should not be consumed by end users. How this
+   * is expressed is up to individual language implementations to decide. Some
+   * examples may be: added annotations, obfuscated identifiers, or other
+   * language idiomatic patterns.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $generateOmittedAsInternal;
+  /**
+   * An allowlist of the fully qualified names of RPCs that should be included
+   * on public client surfaces.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $methods;
+
+  /**
+   * Setting this to true indicates to the client generators that methods that
+   * would be excluded from the generation should instead be generated in a way
+   * that indicates these methods should not be consumed by end users. How this
+   * is expressed is up to individual language implementations to decide. Some
+   * examples may be: added annotations, obfuscated identifiers, or other
+   * language idiomatic patterns.
+   *
+   * @param bool $generateOmittedAsInternal
+   */
+  public function setGenerateOmittedAsInternal($generateOmittedAsInternal)
+  {
+    $this->generateOmittedAsInternal = $generateOmittedAsInternal;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getGenerateOmittedAsInternal()
+  {
+    return $this->generateOmittedAsInternal;
+  }
+  /**
+   * An allowlist of the fully qualified names of RPCs that should be included
+   * on public client surfaces.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $methods
+   */
+  public function setMethods($methods)
+  {
+    $this->methods = $methods;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getMethods()
+  {
+    return $this->methods;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(SelectiveGapicGeneration::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_SelectiveGapicGeneration');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/Service.php

@@ -0,0 +1,609 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class Service extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'types';
+  protected $apisType = Api::class;
+  protected $apisDataType = 'array';
+  protected $aspectsType = Aspect::class;
+  protected $aspectsDataType = 'array';
+  protected $authenticationType = Authentication::class;
+  protected $authenticationDataType = '';
+  protected $backendType = Backend::class;
+  protected $backendDataType = '';
+  protected $billingType = Billing::class;
+  protected $billingDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * Obsolete. Do not use. This field has no semantic meaning. The service
+   * config compiler always sets this field to `3`.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $configVersion;
+  protected $contextType = Context::class;
+  protected $contextDataType = '';
+  protected $controlType = Control::class;
+  protected $controlDataType = '';
+  protected $customErrorType = CustomError::class;
+  protected $customErrorDataType = '';
+  protected $documentationType = Documentation::class;
+  protected $documentationDataType = '';
+  protected $endpointsType = Endpoint::class;
+  protected $endpointsDataType = 'array';
+  protected $enumsType = Enum::class;
+  protected $enumsDataType = 'array';
+  protected $httpType = Http::class;
+  protected $httpDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * A unique ID for a specific instance of this message, typically assigned by
+   * the client for tracking purpose. Must be no longer than 63 characters and
+   * only lower case letters, digits, '.', '_' and '-' are allowed. If empty,
+   * the server may choose to generate one instead.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $id;
+  protected $loggingType = Logging::class;
+  protected $loggingDataType = '';
+  protected $logsType = LogDescriptor::class;
+  protected $logsDataType = 'array';
+  protected $metricsType = MetricDescriptor::class;
+  protected $metricsDataType = 'array';
+  protected $monitoredResourcesType = MonitoredResourceDescriptor::class;
+  protected $monitoredResourcesDataType = 'array';
+  protected $monitoringType = Monitoring::class;
+  protected $monitoringDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The service name, which is a DNS-like logical identifier for the service,
+   * such as `calendar.googleapis.com`. The service name typically goes through
+   * DNS verification to make sure the owner of the service also owns the DNS
+   * name.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $name;
+  /**
+   * The Google project that owns this service.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $producerProjectId;
+  protected $publishingType = Publishing::class;
+  protected $publishingDataType = '';
+  protected $quotaType = Quota::class;
+  protected $quotaDataType = '';
+  protected $sourceInfoType = SourceInfo::class;
+  protected $sourceInfoDataType = '';
+  protected $systemParametersType = SystemParameters::class;
+  protected $systemParametersDataType = '';
+  protected $systemTypesType = Type::class;
+  protected $systemTypesDataType = 'array';
+  /**
+   * The product title for this service, it is the name displayed in Google
+   * Cloud Console.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $title;
+  protected $typesType = Type::class;
+  protected $typesDataType = 'array';
+  protected $usageType = Usage::class;
+  protected $usageDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * A list of API interfaces exported by this service. Only the `name` field of
+   * the google.protobuf.Api needs to be provided by the configuration author,
+   * as the remaining fields will be derived from the IDL during the
+   * normalization process. It is an error to specify an API interface here
+   * which cannot be resolved against the associated IDL files.
+   *
+   * @param Api[] $apis
+   */
+  public function setApis($apis)
+  {
+    $this->apis = $apis;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Api[]
+   */
+  public function getApis()
+  {
+    return $this->apis;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Configuration aspects. This is a repeated field to allow multiple aspects
+   * to be configured. The kind field in each ConfigAspect specifies the type of
+   * aspect. The spec field contains the configuration for that aspect. The
+   * schema for the spec field is defined by the backend service owners.
+   *
+   * @param Aspect[] $aspects
+   */
+  public function setAspects($aspects)
+  {
+    $this->aspects = $aspects;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Aspect[]
+   */
+  public function getAspects()
+  {
+    return $this->aspects;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Auth configuration.
+   *
+   * @param Authentication $authentication
+   */
+  public function setAuthentication(Authentication $authentication)
+  {
+    $this->authentication = $authentication;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Authentication
+   */
+  public function getAuthentication()
+  {
+    return $this->authentication;
+  }
+  /**
+   * API backend configuration.
+   *
+   * @param Backend $backend
+   */
+  public function setBackend(Backend $backend)
+  {
+    $this->backend = $backend;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Backend
+   */
+  public function getBackend()
+  {
+    return $this->backend;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Billing configuration.
+   *
+   * @param Billing $billing
+   */
+  public function setBilling(Billing $billing)
+  {
+    $this->billing = $billing;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Billing
+   */
+  public function getBilling()
+  {
+    return $this->billing;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Obsolete. Do not use. This field has no semantic meaning. The service
+   * config compiler always sets this field to `3`.
+   *
+   * @param string $configVersion
+   */
+  public function setConfigVersion($configVersion)
+  {
+    $this->configVersion = $configVersion;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getConfigVersion()
+  {
+    return $this->configVersion;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Context configuration.
+   *
+   * @param Context $context
+   */
+  public function setContext(Context $context)
+  {
+    $this->context = $context;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Context
+   */
+  public function getContext()
+  {
+    return $this->context;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Configuration for the service control plane.
+   *
+   * @param Control $control
+   */
+  public function setControl(Control $control)
+  {
+    $this->control = $control;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Control
+   */
+  public function getControl()
+  {
+    return $this->control;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Custom error configuration.
+   *
+   * @param CustomError $customError
+   */
+  public function setCustomError(CustomError $customError)
+  {
+    $this->customError = $customError;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return CustomError
+   */
+  public function getCustomError()
+  {
+    return $this->customError;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Additional API documentation.
+   *
+   * @param Documentation $documentation
+   */
+  public function setDocumentation(Documentation $documentation)
+  {
+    $this->documentation = $documentation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Documentation
+   */
+  public function getDocumentation()
+  {
+    return $this->documentation;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Configuration for network endpoints. If this is empty, then an endpoint
+   * with the same name as the service is automatically generated to service all
+   * defined APIs.
+   *
+   * @param Endpoint[] $endpoints
+   */
+  public function setEndpoints($endpoints)
+  {
+    $this->endpoints = $endpoints;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Endpoint[]
+   */
+  public function getEndpoints()
+  {
+    return $this->endpoints;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A list of all enum types included in this API service. Enums referenced
+   * directly or indirectly by the `apis` are automatically included. Enums
+   * which are not referenced but shall be included should be listed here by
+   * name by the configuration author. Example: enums: - name:
+   * google.someapi.v1.SomeEnum
+   *
+   * @param Enum[] $enums
+   */
+  public function setEnums($enums)
+  {
+    $this->enums = $enums;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Enum[]
+   */
+  public function getEnums()
+  {
+    return $this->enums;
+  }
+  /**
+   * HTTP configuration.
+   *
+   * @param Http $http
+   */
+  public function setHttp(Http $http)
+  {
+    $this->http = $http;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Http
+   */
+  public function getHttp()
+  {
+    return $this->http;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A unique ID for a specific instance of this message, typically assigned by
+   * the client for tracking purpose. Must be no longer than 63 characters and
+   * only lower case letters, digits, '.', '_' and '-' are allowed. If empty,
+   * the server may choose to generate one instead.
+   *
+   * @param string $id
+   */
+  public function setId($id)
+  {
+    $this->id = $id;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getId()
+  {
+    return $this->id;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Logging configuration.
+   *
+   * @param Logging $logging
+   */
+  public function setLogging(Logging $logging)
+  {
+    $this->logging = $logging;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Logging
+   */
+  public function getLogging()
+  {
+    return $this->logging;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Defines the logs used by this service.
+   *
+   * @param LogDescriptor[] $logs
+   */
+  public function setLogs($logs)
+  {
+    $this->logs = $logs;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return LogDescriptor[]
+   */
+  public function getLogs()
+  {
+    return $this->logs;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Defines the metrics used by this service.
+   *
+   * @param MetricDescriptor[] $metrics
+   */
+  public function setMetrics($metrics)
+  {
+    $this->metrics = $metrics;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return MetricDescriptor[]
+   */
+  public function getMetrics()
+  {
+    return $this->metrics;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Defines the monitored resources used by this service. This is required by
+   * the Service.monitoring and Service.logging configurations.
+   *
+   * @param MonitoredResourceDescriptor[] $monitoredResources
+   */
+  public function setMonitoredResources($monitoredResources)
+  {
+    $this->monitoredResources = $monitoredResources;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return MonitoredResourceDescriptor[]
+   */
+  public function getMonitoredResources()
+  {
+    return $this->monitoredResources;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Monitoring configuration.
+   *
+   * @param Monitoring $monitoring
+   */
+  public function setMonitoring(Monitoring $monitoring)
+  {
+    $this->monitoring = $monitoring;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Monitoring
+   */
+  public function getMonitoring()
+  {
+    return $this->monitoring;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The service name, which is a DNS-like logical identifier for the service,
+   * such as `calendar.googleapis.com`. The service name typically goes through
+   * DNS verification to make sure the owner of the service also owns the DNS
+   * name.
+   *
+   * @param string $name
+   */
+  public function setName($name)
+  {
+    $this->name = $name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getName()
+  {
+    return $this->name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The Google project that owns this service.
+   *
+   * @param string $producerProjectId
+   */
+  public function setProducerProjectId($producerProjectId)
+  {
+    $this->producerProjectId = $producerProjectId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getProducerProjectId()
+  {
+    return $this->producerProjectId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Settings for [Google Cloud Client
+   * libraries](https://cloud.google.com/apis/docs/cloud-client-libraries)
+   * generated from APIs defined as protocol buffers.
+   *
+   * @param Publishing $publishing
+   */
+  public function setPublishing(Publishing $publishing)
+  {
+    $this->publishing = $publishing;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Publishing
+   */
+  public function getPublishing()
+  {
+    return $this->publishing;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Quota configuration.
+   *
+   * @param Quota $quota
+   */
+  public function setQuota(Quota $quota)
+  {
+    $this->quota = $quota;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Quota
+   */
+  public function getQuota()
+  {
+    return $this->quota;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Output only. The source information for this configuration if available.
+   *
+   * @param SourceInfo $sourceInfo
+   */
+  public function setSourceInfo(SourceInfo $sourceInfo)
+  {
+    $this->sourceInfo = $sourceInfo;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return SourceInfo
+   */
+  public function getSourceInfo()
+  {
+    return $this->sourceInfo;
+  }
+  /**
+   * System parameter configuration.
+   *
+   * @param SystemParameters $systemParameters
+   */
+  public function setSystemParameters(SystemParameters $systemParameters)
+  {
+    $this->systemParameters = $systemParameters;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return SystemParameters
+   */
+  public function getSystemParameters()
+  {
+    return $this->systemParameters;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A list of all proto message types included in this API service. It serves
+   * similar purpose as [google.api.Service.types], except that these types are
+   * not needed by user-defined APIs. Therefore, they will not show up in the
+   * generated discovery doc. This field should only be used to define system
+   * APIs in ESF.
+   *
+   * @param Type[] $systemTypes
+   */
+  public function setSystemTypes($systemTypes)
+  {
+    $this->systemTypes = $systemTypes;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Type[]
+   */
+  public function getSystemTypes()
+  {
+    return $this->systemTypes;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The product title for this service, it is the name displayed in Google
+   * Cloud Console.
+   *
+   * @param string $title
+   */
+  public function setTitle($title)
+  {
+    $this->title = $title;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getTitle()
+  {
+    return $this->title;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A list of all proto message types included in this API service. Types
+   * referenced directly or indirectly by the `apis` are automatically included.
+   * Messages which are not referenced but shall be included, such as types used
+   * by the `google.protobuf.Any` type, should be listed here by name by the
+   * configuration author. Example: types: - name: google.protobuf.Int32
+   *
+   * @param Type[] $types
+   */
+  public function setTypes($types)
+  {
+    $this->types = $types;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Type[]
+   */
+  public function getTypes()
+  {
+    return $this->types;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Configuration controlling usage of this service.
+   *
+   * @param Usage $usage
+   */
+  public function setUsage(Usage $usage)
+  {
+    $this->usage = $usage;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Usage
+   */
+  public function getUsage()
+  {
+    return $this->usage;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Service::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_Service');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/ServiceAccountConfig.php

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class ServiceAccountConfig extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'tenantProjectRoles';
+  /**
+   * ID of the IAM service account to be created in tenant project. The email
+   * format of the service account is "@.iam.gserviceaccount.com". This account
+   * ID must be unique within tenant project and service producers have to
+   * guarantee it. The ID must be 6-30 characters long, and match the following
+   * regular expression: `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])`.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $accountId;
+  /**
+   * Roles for the associated service account for the tenant project.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $tenantProjectRoles;
+
+  /**
+   * ID of the IAM service account to be created in tenant project. The email
+   * format of the service account is "@.iam.gserviceaccount.com". This account
+   * ID must be unique within tenant project and service producers have to
+   * guarantee it. The ID must be 6-30 characters long, and match the following
+   * regular expression: `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])`.
+   *
+   * @param string $accountId
+   */
+  public function setAccountId($accountId)
+  {
+    $this->accountId = $accountId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getAccountId()
+  {
+    return $this->accountId;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Roles for the associated service account for the tenant project.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $tenantProjectRoles
+   */
+  public function setTenantProjectRoles($tenantProjectRoles)
+  {
+    $this->tenantProjectRoles = $tenantProjectRoles;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getTenantProjectRoles()
+  {
+    return $this->tenantProjectRoles;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(ServiceAccountConfig::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_ServiceAccountConfig');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/ServiceconsumermanagementEmpty.php

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class ServiceconsumermanagementEmpty extends \Google\Model
+{
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(ServiceconsumermanagementEmpty::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_ServiceconsumermanagementEmpty');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/SourceContext.php

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class SourceContext extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * The path-qualified name of the .proto file that contained the associated
+   * protobuf element. For example: `"google/protobuf/source_context.proto"`.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $fileName;
+
+  /**
+   * The path-qualified name of the .proto file that contained the associated
+   * protobuf element. For example: `"google/protobuf/source_context.proto"`.
+   *
+   * @param string $fileName
+   */
+  public function setFileName($fileName)
+  {
+    $this->fileName = $fileName;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getFileName()
+  {
+    return $this->fileName;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(SourceContext::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_SourceContext');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/SourceInfo.php

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class SourceInfo extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'sourceFiles';
+  /**
+   * All files used during config generation.
+   *
+   * @var array[]
+   */
+  public $sourceFiles;
+
+  /**
+   * All files used during config generation.
+   *
+   * @param array[] $sourceFiles
+   */
+  public function setSourceFiles($sourceFiles)
+  {
+    $this->sourceFiles = $sourceFiles;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return array[]
+   */
+  public function getSourceFiles()
+  {
+    return $this->sourceFiles;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(SourceInfo::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_SourceInfo');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/Status.php

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class Status extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'details';
+  /**
+   * The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+   *
+   * @var int
+   */
+  public $code;
+  /**
+   * A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of
+   * message types for APIs to use.
+   *
+   * @var array[]
+   */
+  public $details;
+  /**
+   * A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-
+   * facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+   * google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $message;
+
+  /**
+   * The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+   *
+   * @param int $code
+   */
+  public function setCode($code)
+  {
+    $this->code = $code;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return int
+   */
+  public function getCode()
+  {
+    return $this->code;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of
+   * message types for APIs to use.
+   *
+   * @param array[] $details
+   */
+  public function setDetails($details)
+  {
+    $this->details = $details;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return array[]
+   */
+  public function getDetails()
+  {
+    return $this->details;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-
+   * facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+   * google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+   *
+   * @param string $message
+   */
+  public function setMessage($message)
+  {
+    $this->message = $message;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getMessage()
+  {
+    return $this->message;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Status::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_Status');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/SystemParameter.php

@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class SystemParameter extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Define the HTTP header name to use for the parameter. It is case
+   * insensitive.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $httpHeader;
+  /**
+   * Define the name of the parameter, such as "api_key" . It is case sensitive.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $name;
+  /**
+   * Define the URL query parameter name to use for the parameter. It is case
+   * sensitive.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $urlQueryParameter;
+
+  /**
+   * Define the HTTP header name to use for the parameter. It is case
+   * insensitive.
+   *
+   * @param string $httpHeader
+   */
+  public function setHttpHeader($httpHeader)
+  {
+    $this->httpHeader = $httpHeader;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getHttpHeader()
+  {
+    return $this->httpHeader;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Define the name of the parameter, such as "api_key" . It is case sensitive.
+   *
+   * @param string $name
+   */
+  public function setName($name)
+  {
+    $this->name = $name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getName()
+  {
+    return $this->name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Define the URL query parameter name to use for the parameter. It is case
+   * sensitive.
+   *
+   * @param string $urlQueryParameter
+   */
+  public function setUrlQueryParameter($urlQueryParameter)
+  {
+    $this->urlQueryParameter = $urlQueryParameter;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getUrlQueryParameter()
+  {
+    return $this->urlQueryParameter;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(SystemParameter::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_SystemParameter');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/SystemParameterRule.php

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class SystemParameterRule extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'parameters';
+  protected $parametersType = SystemParameter::class;
+  protected $parametersDataType = 'array';
+  /**
+   * Selects the methods to which this rule applies. Use '*' to indicate all
+   * methods in all APIs. Refer to selector for syntax details.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $selector;
+
+  /**
+   * Define parameters. Multiple names may be defined for a parameter. For a
+   * given method call, only one of them should be used. If multiple names are
+   * used the behavior is implementation-dependent. If none of the specified
+   * names are present the behavior is parameter-dependent.
+   *
+   * @param SystemParameter[] $parameters
+   */
+  public function setParameters($parameters)
+  {
+    $this->parameters = $parameters;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return SystemParameter[]
+   */
+  public function getParameters()
+  {
+    return $this->parameters;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Selects the methods to which this rule applies. Use '*' to indicate all
+   * methods in all APIs. Refer to selector for syntax details.
+   *
+   * @param string $selector
+   */
+  public function setSelector($selector)
+  {
+    $this->selector = $selector;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getSelector()
+  {
+    return $this->selector;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(SystemParameterRule::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_SystemParameterRule');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/SystemParameters.php

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class SystemParameters extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'rules';
+  protected $rulesType = SystemParameterRule::class;
+  protected $rulesDataType = 'array';
+
+  /**
+   * Define system parameters. The parameters defined here will override the
+   * default parameters implemented by the system. If this field is missing from
+   * the service config, default system parameters will be used. Default system
+   * parameters and names is implementation-dependent. Example: define api key
+   * for all methods system_parameters rules: - selector: "*" parameters: -
+   * name: api_key url_query_parameter: api_key Example: define 2 api key names
+   * for a specific method. system_parameters rules: - selector: "/ListShelves"
+   * parameters: - name: api_key http_header: Api-Key1 - name: api_key
+   * http_header: Api-Key2 **NOTE:** All service configuration rules follow
+   * "last one wins" order.
+   *
+   * @param SystemParameterRule[] $rules
+   */
+  public function setRules($rules)
+  {
+    $this->rules = $rules;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return SystemParameterRule[]
+   */
+  public function getRules()
+  {
+    return $this->rules;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(SystemParameters::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_SystemParameters');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/TenancyUnit.php

@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class TenancyUnit extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'tenantResources';
+  /**
+   * Output only. @OutputOnly Cloud resource name of the consumer of this
+   * service. For example 'projects/123456'.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $consumer;
+  /**
+   * Output only. @OutputOnly The time this tenancy unit was created.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $createTime;
+  /**
+   * Globally unique identifier of this tenancy unit
+   * "services/{service}/{collection id}/{resource id}/tenancyUnits/{unit}"
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $name;
+  /**
+   * Output only. Google Cloud API name of the managed service owning this
+   * tenancy unit. For example 'serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com'.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $service;
+  protected $tenantResourcesType = TenantResource::class;
+  protected $tenantResourcesDataType = 'array';
+
+  /**
+   * Output only. @OutputOnly Cloud resource name of the consumer of this
+   * service. For example 'projects/123456'.
+   *
+   * @param string $consumer
+   */
+  public function setConsumer($consumer)
+  {
+    $this->consumer = $consumer;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getConsumer()
+  {
+    return $this->consumer;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Output only. @OutputOnly The time this tenancy unit was created.
+   *
+   * @param string $createTime
+   */
+  public function setCreateTime($createTime)
+  {
+    $this->createTime = $createTime;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getCreateTime()
+  {
+    return $this->createTime;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Globally unique identifier of this tenancy unit
+   * "services/{service}/{collection id}/{resource id}/tenancyUnits/{unit}"
+   *
+   * @param string $name
+   */
+  public function setName($name)
+  {
+    $this->name = $name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getName()
+  {
+    return $this->name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Output only. Google Cloud API name of the managed service owning this
+   * tenancy unit. For example 'serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com'.
+   *
+   * @param string $service
+   */
+  public function setService($service)
+  {
+    $this->service = $service;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getService()
+  {
+    return $this->service;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Resources constituting the tenancy unit. There can be at most 512 tenant
+   * resources in a tenancy unit.
+   *
+   * @param TenantResource[] $tenantResources
+   */
+  public function setTenantResources($tenantResources)
+  {
+    $this->tenantResources = $tenantResources;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TenantResource[]
+   */
+  public function getTenantResources()
+  {
+    return $this->tenantResources;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(TenancyUnit::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_TenancyUnit');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/TenantProjectConfig.php

@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class TenantProjectConfig extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'services';
+  protected $billingConfigType = BillingConfig::class;
+  protected $billingConfigDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * Folder where project in this tenancy unit must be located This folder must
+   * have been previously created with the required permissions for the caller
+   * to create and configure a project in it. Valid folder resource names have
+   * the format `folders/{folder_number}` (for example, `folders/123456`).
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $folder;
+  /**
+   * Labels that are applied to this project.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $labels;
+  protected $serviceAccountConfigType = ServiceAccountConfig::class;
+  protected $serviceAccountConfigDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * Google Cloud API names of services that are activated on this project
+   * during provisioning. If any of these services can't be activated, the
+   * request fails. For example:
+   * 'compute.googleapis.com','cloudfunctions.googleapis.com'
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $services;
+  protected $tenantProjectPolicyType = TenantProjectPolicy::class;
+  protected $tenantProjectPolicyDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * Billing account properties. The billing account must be specified.
+   *
+   * @param BillingConfig $billingConfig
+   */
+  public function setBillingConfig(BillingConfig $billingConfig)
+  {
+    $this->billingConfig = $billingConfig;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return BillingConfig
+   */
+  public function getBillingConfig()
+  {
+    return $this->billingConfig;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Folder where project in this tenancy unit must be located This folder must
+   * have been previously created with the required permissions for the caller
+   * to create and configure a project in it. Valid folder resource names have
+   * the format `folders/{folder_number}` (for example, `folders/123456`).
+   *
+   * @param string $folder
+   */
+  public function setFolder($folder)
+  {
+    $this->folder = $folder;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getFolder()
+  {
+    return $this->folder;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Labels that are applied to this project.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $labels
+   */
+  public function setLabels($labels)
+  {
+    $this->labels = $labels;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getLabels()
+  {
+    return $this->labels;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Configuration for the IAM service account on the tenant project.
+   *
+   * @param ServiceAccountConfig $serviceAccountConfig
+   */
+  public function setServiceAccountConfig(ServiceAccountConfig $serviceAccountConfig)
+  {
+    $this->serviceAccountConfig = $serviceAccountConfig;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return ServiceAccountConfig
+   */
+  public function getServiceAccountConfig()
+  {
+    return $this->serviceAccountConfig;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Google Cloud API names of services that are activated on this project
+   * during provisioning. If any of these services can't be activated, the
+   * request fails. For example:
+   * 'compute.googleapis.com','cloudfunctions.googleapis.com'
+   *
+   * @param string[] $services
+   */
+  public function setServices($services)
+  {
+    $this->services = $services;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getServices()
+  {
+    return $this->services;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Describes ownership and policies for the new tenant project.
+   *
+   * @param TenantProjectPolicy $tenantProjectPolicy
+   */
+  public function setTenantProjectPolicy(TenantProjectPolicy $tenantProjectPolicy)
+  {
+    $this->tenantProjectPolicy = $tenantProjectPolicy;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return TenantProjectPolicy
+   */
+  public function getTenantProjectPolicy()
+  {
+    return $this->tenantProjectPolicy;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(TenantProjectConfig::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_TenantProjectConfig');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/TenantProjectPolicy.php

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class TenantProjectPolicy extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'policyBindings';
+  protected $policyBindingsType = PolicyBinding::class;
+  protected $policyBindingsDataType = 'array';
+
+  /**
+   * Policy bindings to be applied to the tenant project, in addition to the
+   * 'roles/owner' role granted to the Service Consumer Management service
+   * account.
+   *
+   * @param PolicyBinding[] $policyBindings
+   */
+  public function setPolicyBindings($policyBindings)
+  {
+    $this->policyBindings = $policyBindings;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return PolicyBinding[]
+   */
+  public function getPolicyBindings()
+  {
+    return $this->policyBindings;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(TenantProjectPolicy::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_TenantProjectPolicy');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/TenantResource.php

@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class TenantResource extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Unspecified status is the default unset value.
+   */
+  public const STATUS_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED = 'STATUS_UNSPECIFIED';
+  /**
+   * Creation of the tenant resource is ongoing.
+   */
+  public const STATUS_PENDING_CREATE = 'PENDING_CREATE';
+  /**
+   * Active resource.
+   */
+  public const STATUS_ACTIVE = 'ACTIVE';
+  /**
+   * Deletion of the resource is ongoing.
+   */
+  public const STATUS_PENDING_DELETE = 'PENDING_DELETE';
+  /**
+   * Tenant resource creation or deletion has failed.
+   */
+  public const STATUS_FAILED = 'FAILED';
+  /**
+   * Tenant resource has been deleted.
+   */
+  public const STATUS_DELETED = 'DELETED';
+  /**
+   * Output only. @OutputOnly Identifier of the tenant resource. For cloud
+   * projects, it is in the form 'projects/{number}'. For example
+   * 'projects/123456'.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $resource;
+  /**
+   * Status of tenant resource.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $status;
+  /**
+   * Unique per single tenancy unit.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $tag;
+
+  /**
+   * Output only. @OutputOnly Identifier of the tenant resource. For cloud
+   * projects, it is in the form 'projects/{number}'. For example
+   * 'projects/123456'.
+   *
+   * @param string $resource
+   */
+  public function setResource($resource)
+  {
+    $this->resource = $resource;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getResource()
+  {
+    return $this->resource;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Status of tenant resource.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: STATUS_UNSPECIFIED, PENDING_CREATE, ACTIVE,
+   * PENDING_DELETE, FAILED, DELETED
+   *
+   * @param self::STATUS_* $status
+   */
+  public function setStatus($status)
+  {
+    $this->status = $status;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::STATUS_*
+   */
+  public function getStatus()
+  {
+    return $this->status;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Unique per single tenancy unit.
+   *
+   * @param string $tag
+   */
+  public function setTag($tag)
+  {
+    $this->tag = $tag;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getTag()
+  {
+    return $this->tag;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(TenantResource::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_TenantResource');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/Type.php

@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class Type extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  /**
+   * Syntax `proto2`.
+   */
+  public const SYNTAX_SYNTAX_PROTO2 = 'SYNTAX_PROTO2';
+  /**
+   * Syntax `proto3`.
+   */
+  public const SYNTAX_SYNTAX_PROTO3 = 'SYNTAX_PROTO3';
+  /**
+   * Syntax `editions`.
+   */
+  public const SYNTAX_SYNTAX_EDITIONS = 'SYNTAX_EDITIONS';
+  protected $collection_key = 'options';
+  /**
+   * The source edition string, only valid when syntax is SYNTAX_EDITIONS.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $edition;
+  protected $fieldsType = Field::class;
+  protected $fieldsDataType = 'array';
+  /**
+   * The fully qualified message name.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $name;
+  /**
+   * The list of types appearing in `oneof` definitions in this type.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $oneofs;
+  protected $optionsType = Option::class;
+  protected $optionsDataType = 'array';
+  protected $sourceContextType = SourceContext::class;
+  protected $sourceContextDataType = '';
+  /**
+   * The source syntax.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $syntax;
+
+  /**
+   * The source edition string, only valid when syntax is SYNTAX_EDITIONS.
+   *
+   * @param string $edition
+   */
+  public function setEdition($edition)
+  {
+    $this->edition = $edition;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getEdition()
+  {
+    return $this->edition;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The list of fields.
+   *
+   * @param Field[] $fields
+   */
+  public function setFields($fields)
+  {
+    $this->fields = $fields;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Field[]
+   */
+  public function getFields()
+  {
+    return $this->fields;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The fully qualified message name.
+   *
+   * @param string $name
+   */
+  public function setName($name)
+  {
+    $this->name = $name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getName()
+  {
+    return $this->name;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The list of types appearing in `oneof` definitions in this type.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $oneofs
+   */
+  public function setOneofs($oneofs)
+  {
+    $this->oneofs = $oneofs;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getOneofs()
+  {
+    return $this->oneofs;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The protocol buffer options.
+   *
+   * @param Option[] $options
+   */
+  public function setOptions($options)
+  {
+    $this->options = $options;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return Option[]
+   */
+  public function getOptions()
+  {
+    return $this->options;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The source context.
+   *
+   * @param SourceContext $sourceContext
+   */
+  public function setSourceContext(SourceContext $sourceContext)
+  {
+    $this->sourceContext = $sourceContext;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return SourceContext
+   */
+  public function getSourceContext()
+  {
+    return $this->sourceContext;
+  }
+  /**
+   * The source syntax.
+   *
+   * Accepted values: SYNTAX_PROTO2, SYNTAX_PROTO3, SYNTAX_EDITIONS
+   *
+   * @param self::SYNTAX_* $syntax
+   */
+  public function setSyntax($syntax)
+  {
+    $this->syntax = $syntax;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return self::SYNTAX_*
+   */
+  public function getSyntax()
+  {
+    return $this->syntax;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Type::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_Type');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/UndeleteTenantProjectRequest.php

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class UndeleteTenantProjectRequest extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Required. Tag of the resource within the tenancy unit.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $tag;
+
+  /**
+   * Required. Tag of the resource within the tenancy unit.
+   *
+   * @param string $tag
+   */
+  public function setTag($tag)
+  {
+    $this->tag = $tag;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getTag()
+  {
+    return $this->tag;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(UndeleteTenantProjectRequest::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_UndeleteTenantProjectRequest');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/Usage.php

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class Usage extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'rules';
+  /**
+   * The full resource name of a channel used for sending notifications to the
+   * service producer. Google Service Management currently only supports [Google
+   * Cloud Pub/Sub](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub) as a notification channel.
+   * To use Google Cloud Pub/Sub as the channel, this must be the name of a
+   * Cloud Pub/Sub topic that uses the Cloud Pub/Sub topic name format
+   * documented in https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/overview.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $producerNotificationChannel;
+  /**
+   * Requirements that must be satisfied before a consumer project can use the
+   * service. Each requirement is of the form /; for example
+   * 'serviceusage.googleapis.com/billing-enabled'. For Google APIs, a Terms of
+   * Service requirement must be included here. Google Cloud APIs must include
+   * "serviceusage.googleapis.com/tos/cloud". Other Google APIs should include
+   * "serviceusage.googleapis.com/tos/universal". Additional ToS can be included
+   * based on the business needs.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $requirements;
+  protected $rulesType = UsageRule::class;
+  protected $rulesDataType = 'array';
+
+  /**
+   * The full resource name of a channel used for sending notifications to the
+   * service producer. Google Service Management currently only supports [Google
+   * Cloud Pub/Sub](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub) as a notification channel.
+   * To use Google Cloud Pub/Sub as the channel, this must be the name of a
+   * Cloud Pub/Sub topic that uses the Cloud Pub/Sub topic name format
+   * documented in https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/overview.
+   *
+   * @param string $producerNotificationChannel
+   */
+  public function setProducerNotificationChannel($producerNotificationChannel)
+  {
+    $this->producerNotificationChannel = $producerNotificationChannel;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getProducerNotificationChannel()
+  {
+    return $this->producerNotificationChannel;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Requirements that must be satisfied before a consumer project can use the
+   * service. Each requirement is of the form /; for example
+   * 'serviceusage.googleapis.com/billing-enabled'. For Google APIs, a Terms of
+   * Service requirement must be included here. Google Cloud APIs must include
+   * "serviceusage.googleapis.com/tos/cloud". Other Google APIs should include
+   * "serviceusage.googleapis.com/tos/universal". Additional ToS can be included
+   * based on the business needs.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $requirements
+   */
+  public function setRequirements($requirements)
+  {
+    $this->requirements = $requirements;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getRequirements()
+  {
+    return $this->requirements;
+  }
+  /**
+   * A list of usage rules that apply to individual API methods. **NOTE:** All
+   * service configuration rules follow "last one wins" order.
+   *
+   * @param UsageRule[] $rules
+   */
+  public function setRules($rules)
+  {
+    $this->rules = $rules;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return UsageRule[]
+   */
+  public function getRules()
+  {
+    return $this->rules;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(Usage::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_Usage');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/UsageRule.php

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class UsageRule extends \Google\Model
+{
+  /**
+   * Use this rule to configure unregistered calls for the service. Unregistered
+   * calls are calls that do not contain consumer project identity. (Example:
+   * calls that do not contain an API key). WARNING: By default, API methods do
+   * not allow unregistered calls, and each method call must be identified by a
+   * consumer project identity.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $allowUnregisteredCalls;
+  /**
+   * Selects the methods to which this rule applies. Use '*' to indicate all
+   * methods in all APIs. Refer to selector for syntax details.
+   *
+   * @var string
+   */
+  public $selector;
+  /**
+   * If true, the selected method should skip service control and the control
+   * plane features, such as quota and billing, will not be available. This flag
+   * is used by Google Cloud Endpoints to bypass checks for internal methods,
+   * such as service health check methods.
+   *
+   * @var bool
+   */
+  public $skipServiceControl;
+
+  /**
+   * Use this rule to configure unregistered calls for the service. Unregistered
+   * calls are calls that do not contain consumer project identity. (Example:
+   * calls that do not contain an API key). WARNING: By default, API methods do
+   * not allow unregistered calls, and each method call must be identified by a
+   * consumer project identity.
+   *
+   * @param bool $allowUnregisteredCalls
+   */
+  public function setAllowUnregisteredCalls($allowUnregisteredCalls)
+  {
+    $this->allowUnregisteredCalls = $allowUnregisteredCalls;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getAllowUnregisteredCalls()
+  {
+    return $this->allowUnregisteredCalls;
+  }
+  /**
+   * Selects the methods to which this rule applies. Use '*' to indicate all
+   * methods in all APIs. Refer to selector for syntax details.
+   *
+   * @param string $selector
+   */
+  public function setSelector($selector)
+  {
+    $this->selector = $selector;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string
+   */
+  public function getSelector()
+  {
+    return $this->selector;
+  }
+  /**
+   * If true, the selected method should skip service control and the control
+   * plane features, such as quota and billing, will not be available. This flag
+   * is used by Google Cloud Endpoints to bypass checks for internal methods,
+   * such as service health check methods.
+   *
+   * @param bool $skipServiceControl
+   */
+  public function setSkipServiceControl($skipServiceControl)
+  {
+    $this->skipServiceControl = $skipServiceControl;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return bool
+   */
+  public function getSkipServiceControl()
+  {
+    return $this->skipServiceControl;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(UsageRule::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_UsageRule');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/V1AddVisibilityLabelsResponse.php

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class V1AddVisibilityLabelsResponse extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'labels';
+  /**
+   * The updated set of visibility labels for this consumer on this service.
+   *
+   * @var string[]
+   */
+  public $labels;
+
+  /**
+   * The updated set of visibility labels for this consumer on this service.
+   *
+   * @param string[] $labels
+   */
+  public function setLabels($labels)
+  {
+    $this->labels = $labels;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return string[]
+   */
+  public function getLabels()
+  {
+    return $this->labels;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(V1AddVisibilityLabelsResponse::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_V1AddVisibilityLabelsResponse');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/V1Beta1BatchCreateProducerOverridesResponse.php

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class V1Beta1BatchCreateProducerOverridesResponse extends \Google\Collection
+{
+  protected $collection_key = 'overrides';
+  protected $overridesType = V1Beta1QuotaOverride::class;
+  protected $overridesDataType = 'array';
+
+  /**
+   * The overrides that were created.
+   *
+   * @param V1Beta1QuotaOverride[] $overrides
+   */
+  public function setOverrides($overrides)
+  {
+    $this->overrides = $overrides;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return V1Beta1QuotaOverride[]
+   */
+  public function getOverrides()
+  {
+    return $this->overrides;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(V1Beta1BatchCreateProducerOverridesResponse::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_V1Beta1BatchCreateProducerOverridesResponse');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/V1Beta1DisableConsumerResponse.php

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class V1Beta1DisableConsumerResponse extends \Google\Model
+{
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(V1Beta1DisableConsumerResponse::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_V1Beta1DisableConsumerResponse');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/V1Beta1EnableConsumerResponse.php

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class V1Beta1EnableConsumerResponse extends \Google\Model
+{
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(V1Beta1EnableConsumerResponse::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_V1Beta1EnableConsumerResponse');

vendor/google/apiclient-services/src/ServiceConsumerManagement/V1Beta1GenerateServiceIdentityResponse.php

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?php
+/*
+ * Copyright 2014 Google Inc.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not
+ * use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ * the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under
+ * the License.
+ */
+
+namespace Google\Service\ServiceConsumerManagement;
+
+class V1Beta1GenerateServiceIdentityResponse extends \Google\Model
+{
+  protected $identityType = V1Beta1ServiceIdentity::class;
+  protected $identityDataType = '';
+
+  /**
+   * ServiceIdentity that was created or retrieved.
+   *
+   * @param V1Beta1ServiceIdentity $identity
+   */
+  public function setIdentity(V1Beta1ServiceIdentity $identity)
+  {
+    $this->identity = $identity;
+  }
+  /**
+   * @return V1Beta1ServiceIdentity
+   */
+  public function getIdentity()
+  {
+    return $this->identity;
+  }
+}
+
+// Adding a class alias for backwards compatibility with the previous class name.
+class_alias(V1Beta1GenerateServiceIdentityResponse::class, 'Google_Service_ServiceConsumerManagement_V1Beta1GenerateServiceIdentityResponse');